Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

227
junho de 2014 Universidade do Minho Escola de Engenharia Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda Use of Nanocomposites for Flexible Pressure Sensors

Transcript of Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Page 1: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Alex

andr

a da

Con

ceiçã

o Te

ixeira

Sep

úlved

a

junho de 2014UMin

ho |

201

4Us

e of

Nan

ocom

posi

tes

for

Flex

ible

Pres

sure

Sen

sors

Universidade do MinhoEscola de Engenharia

Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Use of Nanocomposites for FlexiblePressure Sensors

Page 2: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

junho de 2014

Tese de DoutoramentoPrograma Doutoral em Líderes para as Indústrias Tecnológicas

Trabalho efectuado sob a orientação doProfessor Doutor António José Vilela PontesProfessor Doutor Júlio César Machado VianaProfessor Doutor Luís Alexandre Machado da Rocha

Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Use of Nanocomposites for FlexiblePressure Sensors

Universidade do MinhoEscola de Engenharia

Page 3: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 4: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

iii

Acknowledgements _________________________________________________________________________

The accomplishment of this work would not have been possible without the support of

several people and entities. I would like to manifest my gratitude to all that directly or

indirectly have contributed for the completion of this dissertation.

I would like to express my sincere gratitude to Doctor António Pontes, scientific

supervisor, for his support, availability and encouragement for all these last years.

I am also grateful to Doctor Júlio Viana, co-supervisor, for provided guidance and

support throughout the course of my PhD.

I sincerely thank to Doctor Luís Alexandre Rocha, also co-supervisor, for his

incentive, guidance, discussions, for the knowledge transmitted during this research work

and for his ability to come up with creative ideas to resolve difficult research problems.

I would like to thank Eng. Cristina Oliveira and Doctor José Alberto Machado da

Silva who worked with me at different points of this research and have contributed with

valuable information.

I thank Eng. Maurício Malheiro for his precious help with some experimental tests.

I would like to thank to Doctor Rui Magalhães for having received me at PIEP (Pólo

de Inovação em Engenharia de Polímeros). This acknowledgment is also extended to Eng.

Nuno Vieira, Eng. Eduardo Pinto and Eng. Filipa Carneiro, for the collaboration and help

provided during my stay at PIEP.

At MIT, I would like to express my sincere gratitude to Professor Brian Wardle for

having received me in his labs, for his kind support and guidance.

I truly appreciate all the TELAMS members (Department of Aeronautics and

Astronautics, MIT) for their friendship and support during my journey at MIT.

Doctor Fabio Fachin, thanks for your teachings, support and guidance.

An indebted thank to Doctor Roberto Guzmán de Villoria for his assistance,

for any request or questions and for his friendship. He was always there to advise me and

to help me.

Page 5: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Acknowledgements

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

iv

I thank my parents for they encouragement, comprehension and love. Without their

support during all these years of study, I probably would not be here. To them, I am

forever grateful.

I would like to thank my boyfriend, José Afonso, for his encouragement, trust,

support and for listening my complaints. He gave me the final courage and strength to

finish this stage. Also, I thank him for the illustrations that he made for this dissertation.

Finally I would like to acknowledge the Portuguese Foundation for Science and

Technology (Fundação para a Ciência e Tecnologia, FCT), for the financial support

provided by the grant SFRH/BD/42922/2008. This work was supported by the ERDF

(European Regional Development Fund) through COMPETE (Operational

Competitiveness Program) and national funds through FCT in the framework of the

projects MIT-Pt/EDAM-EMD/0007/2008 and PTDC/EEI-ELC/1838/2012.

CNT-based polymer composite materials were developed with funding from Boeing,

EADS, Embraer, Lockheed Martin, Saab AB, Composite Systems Technology, Hexcel,

and TohoTenax through MIT´s Nano-Engineered Composite aerospace STructures

(NECST) Consortium. At MIT this research was supported (in part) by the U.S. Army

Research Office under contract W911NF-07-D-0004 and made use of the MIT MRSEC

Shared Experimental Facilities supported by the National Science Foundation under award

number DMR-0819762.

Page 6: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

v

Abstract _________________________________________________________________________

Use of Nanocomposites for Flexible Pressure Sensors

Polymer nanocomposites (PNCs) are defined as polymers bonded with nanoparticles to

create materials with improved properties. The development of this type of material is

rapidly emerging as a multidisciplinary research activity, since their final properties can

benefit many different fields of application, namely in the development of electrical

devices as studied herein.

A fabrication technique to produce conductive PNCs was developed in this work and

used to fabricate flexible capacitive pressure sensors. The process is based on vertically

aligned-carbon nanotubes (A-CNTs) embedded in a flexible and biocompatible matrix of

polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS). Thin A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films (~ 400 µm)

were produced using wetting of as-grown A-CNTs with uncured PDMS and the resulting

nanocomposites were used to fabricate flexible pressure sensors. The sensing capability of

this A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite is attributed to the distinctive combination of

mechanical flexibility and electrical properties.

The fabricated nanocomposites were characterized and mechanical and electrical

properties evaluated. The PDMS is significantly modified by the reinforcing A-CNT

fibers, demonstrating non-isotropic (as opposed to the isotropic neat PDMS) elastic

properties all different than the PDMS (Young´s modulus of 0.8 MPa), including an

anisotropy ratio of 4.8 and increases in the modulus of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

over PDMS by more than 900 % and 100 %, in the CNTs longitudinal and transverse

directions, respectively. Regarding the electrical measurements, A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites presented an electrical conductivity of 0.35 S/m. The rather low

conductivity does not compromise the developed capacitive sensor, but since passive

telemetry is required to measure and power the sensor, solutions to overcome this problem

were also studied.

The configuration of the developed flexible sensor is similar to typical silicon-based

capacitive pressure sensors. It is composed of three thin films, where two of them are

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites (defining the diaphragm type electrodes) separated by a

film made of neat PDMS (defining the dielectric) and its operating principle is based on

Page 7: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Abstract

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

vi

the change of the deflection of the nanocomposite layers due to the change of an external

pressure. The developed flexible pressure sensors tested for pressures between 0 kPa and

100 kPa (operation required to measure the blood pressure in the aneurysm sac) showed

good linearity, mainly in the region near to the atmospheric pressure (pressure inside of

dielectric). In the same range, the dynamic response of the pressure sensors presented two

distinct comportments, which are related with the viscoelastic behaviour of the

PDMS-based nanocomposites used to build the pressure sensor. In addition, from the

experimental measurements of the prototype pressure sensors used, the sensitivities are in

the range of 2.5 – 20 fF/kPa.

To demonstrate feasibility for practical applications, the flexible sensor technology

was used in a biomedical application, more specifically in the context of abdominal aortic

aneurysms. The proposed implantable flexible pressure sensing system (capacitive sensor

plus inductor) consists of a mixed technology that uses A-CNTs/nanocomposites to build

the capacitor electrodes and flexible printed circuit board (PCB) technology to build an

inductor. The complete system was assessed by applying pressures varying from 0 kPa to

100 kPa. The results showed that the flexible sensors responded to pressure variations with

a well-defined characteristic curve and oscillation frequencies centered around 5.3 MHz

(the sensor receives energy and reflects back its oscillation frequency by means of

inductive coupling). In addition to these experiments, the performance of both pressure

sensors and reader system was assessed using a hydraulic model that mimics the

abdominal aorta. The proof-of-concept experiments validated the proposed telemetry

system functionality and showed feasibility in integrating the flexible, biocompatible and

passive sensor into a stent-graft, in order to the detect blood pressure in the aneurysm sac.

Finally, the developed technology to fabricate flexible pressure sensors based on

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites proved successful in sensing applications and due to its

biocompatibility and versatility, can be used in other fields of application such as portable

medical devices and e-textiles (to monitor the vital signs of an individual, such as heart rate

and temperature, by using textile substrates with integrated electronics).

Page 8: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

vii

Resumo _________________________________________________________________________

Utilização de Nanocompósitos para Sensores de Pressão

Flexíveis

Os nanocompósitos de polímeros (PNCs) são definidos como polímeros ligados com

nanopartículas, originando materiais com propriedades melhoradas. O desenvolvimento

deste tipo de material está a surgir rapidamente como uma atividade de investigação

multidisciplinar, uma vez que as suas propriedades finais podem beneficiar diferentes

áreas de aplicação, nomeadamente no desenvolvimento de dispositivos elétricos como

estudado aqui.

Neste trabalho foi desenvolvida uma técnica de fabricação de PNCs condutores e

utilizada para produzir sensores de pressão capacitivos. O processo é baseado em CNTs

verticalmente alinhados (A-CNTs) embutidos numa matriz flexível e biocompatível de

polidimetilsiloxano (PDMS). Membranas de nanocompósitos de A-CNTs/PDMS

(~ 400 µm de espessura) foram produzidas através do molhamento dos A-CNTs, utilizados

conforme crescidos, pelo PDMS e os nanocompósitos resultantes foram utilizados para

fabricar sensores de pressão flexíveis. A capacidade de deteção destes nanocompósitos é

conferida pela combinação distintiva da flexibilidade mecânica e propriedades elétricas.

Os nanocompósitos fabricados foram caracterizados e as suas propriedades

mecânicas e elétricas foram avaliadas. O PDMS é significativamente alterado pelo reforço

das fibras de A-CNT, demonstrando propriedades elásticas anisotrópicas (ao contrário do

PDMS puro que é isotrópico), incluindo uma razão de anisotropia de 4.8 e aumento do

módulo dos nanocompósitos de A-CNTs/PDMS relativamente ao PDMS acima dos 900 %

e 100 %, na direção longitudinal e transversa dos CNTs, respetivamente. Relativamente

aos testes elétricos, os nanocompósitos apresentaram uma condutividade elétrica de

0.35 S/m. O valor bastante baixo da condutividade não compromete o sensor capacitivo

desenvolvido, mas uma vez que é necessária telemetria passiva para medir e energizar o

sensor, foram também estudadas outras soluções para superar este problema.

A configuração do sensor flexível desenvolvido é semelhante aos típicos sensores de

pressão capacitivos de silício. Este é composto por três filmes finos, onde dois deles são

nanocompósitos de A-CNTs/PDMS (definem o diafragma) separados por um filme de

PDMS (define o dielétrico), e o seu princípio de funcionamento é baseado na deformação

Page 9: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Resumo

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

viii

das membranas de nanocompósitos devido a variações de uma pressão externa. Os

sensores de pressão flexíveis testados para pressões entre 0 kPa e 100 kPa (necessário para

medir a pressão sanguínea no saco do aneurisma) apresentaram boa linearidade,

principalmente na região próxima da pressão atmosférica (pressão no interior do

dielétrico). Para a mesma gama de pressões, a resposta dinâmica dos sensores apresentou

dois comportamentos distintos, que estão relacionados com o comportamento viscoelástico

dos nanocompósitos utilizados para fabricar o sensor. Além disso, testes experimentais

realizados com sensores de pressão protótipos mostraram sensibilidades na gama de

2.5 – 20 fF/kPa.

De forma a demonstrar a viabilidade para aplicações práticas, foi apresentada a

utilização da tecnologia do sensor de pressão numa aplicação biomédica, mais

concretamente no contexto de aneurismas na aorta abdominal. O sistema flexível de

monitorização da pressão proposto (sensor capacitivo mais indutor) consiste numa

tecnologia mista que utiliza nanocompósitos de A-CNTs/PDMS para construir os elétrodos

do condensador e uma placa flexível de circuito impresso para construir o indutor. O

sistema completo foi avaliado para variações de pressão entre 0 kPa e 100 kPa. Os sensores

flexíveis responderam às variações de pressão com uma curva característica bem definida e

frequências de oscilação centradas nos 5.3 MHz. O desempenho dos sensores de pressão e

do sistema de leitura foram também avaliados utilizando um modelo hidráulico que imita a

aorta abdominal. Os testes experimentais validaram a funcionalidade do sistema

telemétrico proposto e mostraram viabilidade em integrar o sensor flexível, biocompatível

e passivo num stent-graft, de forma a detetar variações da pressão sanguínea no saco do

aneurisma.

A tecnologia desenvolvida para fabricar sensores de pressão flexíveis, que se baseia

em nanocompósitos de A-CNTs/PDMS, provou ser bem-sucedida em aplicações de

deteção de pressão e devido à sua biocompatibilidade e versatilidade, esta tecnologia pode

ser utilizada em outras áreas de aplicação, tais como dispositivos médicos portáteis e

têxteis eletrónicos (para controlar os sinais vitais de um indivíduo, como a frequência

cardíaca e temperatura, utilizando substratos têxteis com eletrónica integrada).

Page 10: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

ix

Contents _________________________________________________________________________

Acknowledgements…………………………………………………………...….…….….iii

Abstract………………………………………………………………………….………..v

Resumo………………………………………………………………………………….vii

Table of Contents………………………………………………………………………..ix

List of Figures…………………………………………………………………………..xv

List of Tables…………………………………………………………………………...xxi

List of Symbols………………………………………………………………………..xxiii

List of Abbreviation………………………………………………………………….xxvii

Chapter 1. Introduction………………………………………………………………...1

1.1 Polymer Nanocomposites……………………………………………………2

1.1.1 CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites…………………………………………3

1.2 Potential Applications of CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites………..…….……5

1.3 Thesis Overview……….………………………………………...…………...8

1.3.1 Motivation and objectives……………………………….………..........8

1.3.2 Thesis organization…………..…..………………………..….……........11

References…………………………………………………………………….……….13

Chapter 2. Background and Prior Work……………………………………………...19

2.1 Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS)………………..……….……………….……..20

2.1.1 Structure and synthesis…………..……………………….…………..20

2.1.2 General properties…………………………..……………….………..22

2.1.3 Mechanical properties………………………..……...……….……........23

Page 11: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Contents

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

x

2.2 Carbon Nanotubes Fundamentals……………..…..……………..…...……..26

2.2.1 Carbon nanotubes morphology….………..………………….….…….26

2.2.2 Physical properties of carbon nanotubes…………..…...……………....28

2.2.3 Carbon nanotubes growth techniques………………..….……….........33

2.3 Aligned CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites…………...…………..……………37

2.4 Sensors and Actuators Based on Carbon Nanotubes…….…….……...…..40

2.5 Biocompatibility of PDMS and CNTs Materials: Perspectives of Their

Application in Medical Implants………………...……...….…………..….43

2.6 Summary……………………………………………………………………47

References…………………………………………………………….…….……49

Chapter 3. Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS

Nanocomposites………………………………………………………..….69

3.1 Introduction…………………………………………...……………………...70

3.2 Synthesis of MWCNTs…………………………………………...……..….70

3.3 Fabrication of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposite Films………..……….…..74

3.4 Thermal Characterization and Results………………….……….………..76

3.4.1 Differential scanning calorimetry…………………….……..…….….76

3.5 Morphological Characterization and Results……………..…………….….77

3.5.1 Scanning electron microscopy………………………………....….….77

3.6 Mechanical Characterization and Results……………..………….…….….79

3.6.1 Tensile tests…………………..……………………………..….…….79

3.6.2 Dynamic mechanical analysis…………………………..………….…84

3.7 A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposite Full Constitutive Law………….………86

3.8 Electrical Characterization and Results………………….…….……...….89

3.8.1 Conductivity measurement…………………..………….…..………..89

3.9 Summary……………………………………….…………..….………..…..….94

Page 12: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Contents

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xi

References…………………………………………………………………….….96

Chapter 4. Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure

Sensors…………………………………….…………………………………101

4.1 Introduction………………………………………....………………...………...102

4.2 Design of the Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensor………………...……104

4.2.1 Sensor model………………………………….……….…..………...104

4.2.1.1 Mechanical domain……………………….………………….104

4.2.1.2 Electrostatic domain…………………………………..…...…106

4.2.2 Telemetry model………………………………….....……………......107

4.2.3 Finite Element Modeling…..…………………………….………......110

4.2.3.1 Simulation setup of pressure sensors……………….....…...…..110

4.2.3.2 Simulation results…………………….……………...……….112

4.3 Development of Flexible Pressure Sensor……………………..…...……..116

4.3.1 Fabrication process………….....…………………………...……...…...116

4.4 Sensor Characterization and Results………………..…...…….....……….119

4.4.1 Finite Element Model………………………….……..……..………119

4.4.2 Capacity and pressure changes measurement…………...…..………122

4.5 Summary….…………….…………………………...……..….…………..….128

References………………………………………………………………..….…….130

Chapter 5. Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic

Aneurysms……………………………………...………………...………..133

5.1 Introduction……………………………………….………………...………..134

5.2 Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm….…………………………..….....……….….134

5.2.1 Current available treatment options……………..…………...….......136

Page 13: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Contents

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xii

5.2.2 Actual stent-grafts main problems and needs for pressure monitoring of

AAAs…………………………………………………………..………139

5.3 Measurement of Aneurysm Sac Pressure………………………………..141

5.3.1 Extra-arterial blood pressure sensors……………………………......141

5.3.2 Intro-arterial blood pressure sensors: Aneurysms.……………..……145

5.3.3 A new proposal: Smart stent-graft………..………..….………..…….150

5.3.3.1 Flexible capacitive pressure sensor requirements……..…..….152

5.3.3.2 Telemetry system architecture…………………..……………....155

5.4 New Approaches for the Implantable Sensor Fabrication………..……..157

5.4.1 Fabrication of embedded inductors………………….....……………..157

5.4.2 Fabrication of inductors using a flexible printed circuit board

technology……………………………………………………...……158

5.4.2.1 Flex-PCB process flow……………………...…………........….159

5.4.3 Readout telemetry implementation………………………………….162

5.5 Experimental Measurements and Results…………………………...…...163

5.5.1 Experimental results obtained using a vacuum chamber……………163

5.5.2 Sensors performance in a hydraulic test bench……………………...166

5.6 Summary...........................................................................................................169

References………………………………………………………………………171

Chapter 6. Conclusions and Recommendations…………………………………….179

6.1 A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposite Films…………………………………...180

6.2 Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors………………………………….…181

6.3 New Flexible Pressure Sensor for the Treatment of Abdominal Aortic

Aneurysms………………………………………………………………...182

6.4 Recommendations for Future Work………………………………….….183

6.4.1 As-grown CNTs……………………………………………………..183

6.4.2 A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites……………………………………184

Page 14: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Contents

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xiii

6.4.3 Development of new sensor designs………………………………...185

Appendix…………………………………………………………………….……...….187

A.1 Examples of Mask Pillars………………………………………………...188

A.2 Substrates Shape and Growth Times Used for the Optimization

Process………………………………………………………………….………..189

A.3 Estimate of A-CNTs Volume Fraction………………………..………….190

A.4 Datasheet of PDMS…………………………………………………..……191

A.5 List of Publications……………………………………………………….194

Page 15: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 16: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

xv

List of Figures _________________________________________________________________________

Figure 1.1: Surface area/volume relations for varying reinforcement geometries…...3

Figure 1.2: Atomic model of a multi-walled carbon nanotube (MWCNT)…………..4

Figure 1.3: Implantable strain sensor with wireless sensing capability for long-term

monitoring………………………………………………………….……..7

Figure 1.4: Schematic outline of the main objectives presented in this thesis….…...11

Figure 2.1: Visual representation of the PDMS mixing process...…………....…….20

Figure 2.2: Polydimethylsiloxane. a) Chemical structure combining both organic and

inorganic groups; b) Structural representation showing the shielding of

the main chain (Si-O groups) by the methyl groups…….….…..…..……21

Figure 2.3: Synthesis of PDMS through hydrosilylation…...…………………….....21

Figure 2.4: Speed-thickness correlation for different formulations of base

polymer/curing agent combined at different weight ratios and spin

coating speeds……………………………………………..…………...……..24

Figure 2.5: Effect of different formulations of the PDMS on the Young’s modulus,

for a crosshead speed of 5 mm/min………………...……………...……25

Figure 2.6: Atomic structure of a single graphene sheet…………………….……...26

Figure 2.7: Schematic of single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) and multi-

walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) showing the common dimensions

of length, width and separation distance between graphene layers in

MWCNTs.……………………………………………………..…...…...27

Figure 2.8: Atomic structure illustrations showing the chiral vector (Ch) in a

hexagonal graphene sheet, defined by unit vectors a1 and a2, and the

chiral angle θ……………………………..…..………..…………………28

Figure 2.9: Electrical and thermal conductivities of individual CNTs normalized by

density, in comparison with different materials……..………………….29

Figure 2.10: Schematic representation of an arc discharge apparatus for the synthesis

of different carbon structures…………………………..……………….33

Figure 2.11: Schematic representation of a laser ablation reactor……………..……..34

Figure 2.12: Schematic diagram of the CVD apparatus……………………………...35

Page 17: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Figures

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xvi

Figure 2.13: Tip-growth model and base-growth model of CNT growth

mechanism………………………………………………..………………36

Figure 3.1: CVD system for growing A-CNTs forests……………………………...71

Figure 3.2: SEM images of as grown A-CNTs forests. a) Dot shape, b) Y-shape and

c) magnified region of b)…………………………….…………………..72

Figure 3.3: CNTs grown on Si substrate. a) Optical image of an A-CNTs forest, b)

SEM image of A-CNTs forest and c) SEM image showing the alignment

of the CNTs……………………………………………..………………..73

Figure 3.4: Fabrication process flow for the development of a flexible A-

CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite………………………………………...…75

Figure 3.5: Flexible PNC film made of A-CNTs embedded in a polymeric matrix of

PDMS…………………………………………………………….……..75

Figure 3.6: Representative DSC thermograms of pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites……………………………………………………...….77

Figure 3.7: SEM image of as-grown A-CNTs. (b) and (c) are magnified regions of

(a)……………………………………………………………………..…78

Figure 3.8: SEM images of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites revealing the CNTs

structure embedded in the PDMS substrate. (a) Top-view and (b) parallel

cross-sectional cut………………………………….……………….…..78

Figure 3.9: SEM image of a top-view surface of pure PDMS………..……………..79

Figure 3.10: Schematic of the CNTs orientation inside the PDMS matrix (legend:

W – width, H – height and P – Load direction)……...…………………80

Figure 3.11: Optical images showing the changes before tensile test (unstretched) and

during the test, for pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS samples (with the

CNTs oriented transverse to the load – 1,2 plane and 1,3 plane, and

parallel to the load – 3,2 plane)……………………………………...….81

Figure 3.12: Illustration showing the points P1, P2, P3 and P4. a) Beginning of the test

and b) displacement in the x- and y-axis during the tensile test…….......82

Figure 3.13: Representative stress-strain curves of pure PDMS and reinforced

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites in the longitudinal (3,2 plane) and

transverse (1,2 plane) directions. Longitudinal is in the 3-direction and

transverse the 1-, or 2-direction……………………………………...…82

Figure 3.14: Schematic of the shear mode (dual sample) experiment………………..84

Page 18: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Figures

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xvii

Figure 3.15: a) Storage modulus – G’ and b) tangent delta – tan δ, as function of

frequency for pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS samples………….……85

Figure 3.16: Schematic of a Van der Pauw configuration used in the measurement of

the two characteristic resistances RA and RB……………...……………..89

Figure 3.17: Histogram of the electrical conductivity measured on the A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposite samples…………………………………………..……..91

Figure 3.18: Digital image of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples prepared to

measure the resistivity while performing the tensile tests………………92

Figure 3.19: Digital image of the experimental test setup……………………...…….92

Figure 3.20: Measured resistance changes of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

during tensile mechanical tests, with initial resistance (R0) of 0.3

MΩ………………………………………………….……………………...93

Figure 4.1: Illustration of a capacitive pressure sensor based upon a parallel plate

arrangement………………………………………………………………..102

Figure 4.2: Schematic of the square (sidelength = 2a) pressure sensor. a) 3D view

and b) section cut B-B……………………………………….……..……105

Figure 4.3: Cross section of the generic model for a deflectable diaphragm……….105

Figure 4.4: Blocks diagram of the telemetry system…………………….…………..108

Figure 4.5: Schematic of the reader circuit………………………………………….109

Figure 4.6: Flexible pressure sensor (S6) model for FEM simulations……….……110

Figure 4.7: Model showing the mesh type, boundary conditions and applied

pressure………………………………...…………………………………111

Figure 4.8: Diaphragm deformation in the y-axis. a) dielectric size of 4x4 mm2,

b) dielectric size of 6x6 mm2 and c) dielectric size of 8x8 mm

2………113

Figure 4.9: Displacement of pressure sensors with different dielectric dimension after

applying the pressure Pout……..………………..………..………………113

Figure 4.10: Displacement of pressure sensors for both orthotropic and isotropic

material properties. Sensors with: a) dielectric size of 4x4 mm2,

b) dielectric size of 6x6 mm2 and c) dielectric size of 8x8 mm

2……....115

Figure 4.11: Fabricated acrylic molds to build the pure PDMS membranes

(dimensions in mm)…………………………………….………………117

Page 19: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Figures

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xviii

Figure 4.12: Schematic of the flexible pressure sensor composed of three thin

membranes (top and bottom layers are A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

and the middle one is made of pure PDMS)…………………..………...117

Figure 4.13: Flexible pressure sensor. a) Digital image taken into the vacuum chamber

and b) optical image of the cross section (magnification: 0.67 x 6.7)....118

Figure 4.14: Digital image of fabricated pressure sensors showing its flexibility..…118

Figure 4.15: Finite element model parameters………………………...……………...119

Figure 4.16: Finite element modeling algorithm for coupled domain analysis….…..121

Figure 4.17: Example of the obtained mesh model…….………………..……………121

Figure 4.18: Bending profile for the applied pressure Pout…………………….…....122

Figure 4.19: Capacitive changes vs. pressure changes, assuming ambient pressure

inside the dielectric……………………………………………………….123

Figure 4.20: Iterative algorithm to compute the capacitive changes of flexible pressure

sensors………………………………………….…………………………124

Figure 4.21: 3D drawing of the pressure chamber personalized for the capacitive

changes measurement of the flexible sensors………………………….125

Figure 4.22: Experimental results and comparison with analytical model. a) Area of

the dielectric is 4 x 4 mm2 and the distance between electrodes is 320

µm, b) area of the dielectric is 5 x 5 mm2 and the distance between

electrodes is 130 µm and c) area of the dielectric is 8 x 8 mm2 and the

distance between electrodes is 210 µm……………………………..…126

Figure 4.23: Dynamic response of the flexible pressure sensor………….…………127

Figure 5.1: Illustrations of: a) normal aorta, b) thoracic aortic aneurysm (TAA) and

c) abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA)…………………………………135

Figure 5.2: Different stages of AAA degeneration………………………………...136

Figure 5.3: Open surgery technique for AAAs to insert a synthetic graft…………137

Figure 5.4: Stent-graft deployment sequence in the endovascular aneurysm repair

(EVAR) procedure…………………………….……………………….…137

Figure 5.5: Open repair and EVAR estimated costs per patient…………………...138

Figure 5.6: Illustration of the basic principle of tonometric blood pressure

measurement…………………………………………………………...142

Figure 5.7: Photograph and sensor calibration curve of the tonometric pressure

sensor…………………………………………………………….…….142

Page 20: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Figures

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xix

Figure 5.8: Implantable blood pressure sensor monitoring system and cross-section

of the cuff around the vessel…………………………………………...143

Figure 5.9: Cross-section of new monitoring cuff and prototype of implantable blood

pressure cuff with rigid ring…………………………………………...144

Figure 5.10: Schematic and photograph of flexible CEFP platform…………..……144

Figure 5.11: Schematic and photograph of flexible blood pressure sensor

module………………………………………..……………………………145

Figure 5.12: Impressure AAA sac pressure transducer (Remon Medical)……….…146

Figure 5.13: EndoSure wireless pressure sensor (CardioMEMS, Inc.)…………..…147

Figure 5.14: Flexible wireless pressure sensor for acute use………………………..147

Figure 5.15: Flexible wireless pressure sensor for chronic use……………………..148

Figure 5.16: TPS telemetric pressure sensor: system concept and readout

station……………………………………………………………...…….148

Figure 5.17: The HYPER-IMS implantable pressure sensor………………………..149

Figure 5.18: HYPER-IMS blood pressure measurement system…………………....150

Figure 5.19: Smart stent-graft concept and main building blocks………….……..…151

Figure 5.20: Main elements that compose the flexible pressure sensor: a flexible

substrate made of PDMS and the conductive elements based on

A-CNTs………………………………………..…………………..………152

Figure 5.21: Block diagram of the monitoring system……………….……………….155

Figure 5.22: Inductors fabrication. a) Steel master mold for oval spiral inductors and

b) Inductor prototypes………………………………………………....158

Figure 5.23: Overview of the final process for fabrication of the passive LC

network…………………………………………...……………………...160

Figure 5.24: Flex-PCB panel with six different geometries after fabrication (Step 1)

and a digital image showing its flexibility………………………….…160

Figure 5.25: Optical image of a square geometry (S6) for capacitive sensor and details

of the copper inductors……………………………………………...…161

Figure 5.26: Digital images of the final assembled flexible pressure sensors………162

Figure 5.27: Prototype showing the reader circuit with receiver inductor placed next to

the sensor’s inductor……………………………………………...……163

Figure 5.28: Experimental test setup for measurements in the vacuum

chamber…..............................................................................................164

Page 21: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Figures

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xx

Figure 5.29: Oscillation frequency results from all trials with the S4 pressure

sensor……………………………………………………………….….165

Figure 5.30: Oscillation frequency results from all trials with the S6 pressure

sensor………………………………………….…………………….….165

Figure 5.31: Stent-graft (on the left) and the pressure sensor placed on top of the

graft………………………………………………………………………167

Figure 5.32: Experimental test setup for measurements with the hydraulic

model………………………………………………………………….….167

Figure 5.33: Diagram of the hydraulic test bench………………………………...…168

Figure 5.34: Measure pressure (dotted line) and oscillation frequency (solid line)

while the water tap valve was being opened and closed as in the cardiac

cycle………………………………….……………………………………168

Page 22: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

xxi

List of Tables _________________________________________________________________________

Table 2.1: Dielectric properties of polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) and high density

polyethylene (HDPE)…..………………..…………..………………...…23

Table 2.2: Elastic modulus and tensile strength values of both SWCNTs and

MWCNTs, more frequently referenced in the literature.…..………….…32

Table 2.3: Summary of materials’ selection for long-term implantable medical

devices………………………………………………………..……………45

Table 3.1: CNTs growth recipe for substrates with patterned catalyst in dot shape and

Y-shape……………………………...………………………………...….72

Table 3.2: CNTs growth recipe for substrates with patterned catalyst in rectangular

shape…………………………………………………………………..….73

Table 3.3: PDMS main properties (10:1 weight ratio)….………………………...…74

Table 4.1: Materials’ properties of the pressure sensors used in FEM

simulations……………………………………….………………………...111

Table 4.2: Isotropic material’s properties of the pressure sensors used in FEM

simulations…………………………………………………….……..……114

Table 4.3: Dimensions and material properties of the pressure sensors used in the

FEM model……………………………………………………….……...120

Table 5.1: Estimated annual risk of rupture of AAAs for a given diameter…….…135

Table 5.2: Complications involving stent-grafts…………………………………...139

Table 5.3: Requirements for post-EVAR blood pressure monitoring…………...…153

Table 5.4: ANSI/AAMI SP-10-1993 national standard for electronic or automated

sphygmomanometers………………………………………………........156

Table 5.5: Dimensions of the flex-PCB for different geometries……………..…….161

Table 5.6: Sensitivity of the detected oscillation frequency obtained for S4 and S6

sensors………………………………………………………………...…166

Table A.2: Si wafer substrates and growth time used in the first growths of A-CNTs

forests…………………………………………………………………....189

Page 23: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 24: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

xxiii

List of Symbols _________________________________________________________________________

Symbol Description Unit

Au Gold [ - ]

Al Aluminum [ - ]

Al2O3 Alumina oxide [ - ]

Capacitance [F]

C Carbon [ - ]

CH3 Methyl [ - ]

CH4 Methane [ - ]

C2H2 Acetylene [ - ]

C2H4 Ethylene [ - ]

C6H6 Benzene [ - ]

Co Cobalt [ - ]

CO Carbon monoxide [ - ]

Cu Copper [ - ]

CS Variable capacitor [F]

E Young’s modulus [Pa]

Fe Iron [ - ]

G Shear modulus [Pa]

GF Gauge factor [ - ]

G* Complex shear modulus [Pa]

G’ Storage modulus [Pa]

G’’ Loss modulus [Pa]

H0 Initial height [m]

H2 Hydrogen [ - ]

He Helium [ - ]

I Current [A]

Lp Reader’s inductor [H]

LS Sensor’s inductor [H]

Ni Nickel [ - ]

Page 25: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Symbols

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xxiv

O Oxygen [ - ]

Pd Palladium [ - ]

Pt Platinum [ - ]

P0 Inside pressure [Pa]

Pout Outside pressure [Pa]

R Resistance [Ω]

Rp Parasitic resistance from reader’s inductor [Ω]

Rs Parasitic resistance from sensor’s inductor [Ω]

RSh Sheet resistance [Ω]

R0 Initial resistance [Ω]

Si Silicon [ - ]

SiO2 Silicon dioxide [ - ]

tan δ Loss tangent [ - ]

Tg Glass transition temperature [ºC]

Tm Melting temperature [ºC]

V Voltage [V]

W0 Initial width [m]

w0 Deflection [m]

XeF2 Xenon difluoride [ - ]

Y yttrium [ - ]

a1, a2 Unit vectors of the hexagonal lattice [ - ]

d0 Gap between electrodes [m]

Ø Diameter [m]

ΔH Change of height [m]

ΔW Change of width [m]

fosc Oscillation frequency [Hz]

ε Strain [%]

ε0 Permittivity of free space [F/m]

εr Relative permittivity [ - ]

εij Strain tensor [ - ]

φ Angle of deflection [ - ]

j Non-zero integer [ - ]

k Coupling factor [ - ]

Page 26: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Symbols

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xxv

υ Poisson´s ratio [ - ]

n Number of repeating monomer units [ - ]

n, m Lattice translation indices [ - ]

ρ Electrical resistivity [Ω.m]

Sijkl Compliance tensor [ - ]

σ Electrical conductivity [S/m]

σkl Stress tensor [ - ]

t Thickness [m]

θ Chiral angle [º]

r Radius [m]

rr Reader’s coil radius [m]

rs Sensor’s coil radius [m]

vdif Sensor’s oscillation frequency signal [V]

vvs Square wave [V]

vo – vto Differential signal [V]

Page 27: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 28: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

_________________________________________________________________________

xxvii

List of Abbreviations _________________________________________________________________________

Term Designation

AAA Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm

AAS Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy

AFM Atomic Force Microscope

AVR Average Variation Rate

A-CNTs Vertically Aligned-Carbon Nanotubes

BioMEMS Biological Microelectromechanical Systems

CEFP Chip Embedded Flexible Packaging

CNC Computer Numerical Control

CNTs Carbon Nanotubes

CTA Computer Tomography Angiography

CVD Chemical Vapor Deposition

DLC Diamond-like Carbon

DMA Dynamic Mechanical Analysis

DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid

DSC Differential Scanning Calorimetry

ECG Electrocardiogram

EEG Electroencephalography

EVAR Endovascular Aneurysm Repair

FDA Food and Drug Administration

FEP Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene

FFT Fast Fourier Transform

FTIR Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy

GC-MS Gas Chromatography Coupled with Mass Spectroscopy

GF Gauge Factor

GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography

GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus

HDPE High Density Polyethylene

Page 29: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Abbreviations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xxviii

HRTEM High-Resolution Transmission Electron Microscope

IR Infrared

LCP Liquid Crystal Polymer

MD Molecular Dynamics

MEMS Microelectromechanical Systems

MIT Massachusetts Institute of Technology

MRA Magnetic Resonance Angiography

MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging

MST Microsystems Technologies

MWCNTs Multi-Walled Carbon Nanotubes

NEMS Nanoelectromechanical Systems

NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy

PCB Printed Circuit Board

PCD Programmed Cell Death

PE Polyethylene

PE-CVD Plasma-Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition

PDMS Polydimethylsiloxane

PMMA Polymethylmethacrylate

PNCs Polymer Nanocomposites

PRC Polymerase Chain Reaction

PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene

PVD Physical Vapor Deposited

RF Radio Frequency

SCCM Standard Cubic Centimeters Per Minute

SEM Scanning Electron Microscopy

SFC Supercritical Fluid Chromatography

SHM Structural Health Monitoring

SWCNTs Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes

TAA Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm

TELAMS Technology Laboratory for Advanced Materials and Structures

TEM Transmission Electron Microscope

TGA Thermogravimetric Analysis

Page 30: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

List of Abbreviations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

xxix

USB Universal Serial Bus

UV Ultraviolet

XPS X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy

Page 31: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 32: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Chapter 1

Introduction

Page 33: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

2

1.1 Polymer Nanocomposites

In the area of nanotechnology, polymer nanocomposites (PNCs) are receiving significant

attention both in the recent literature and industry. The constituent materials of

nanocomposites are classified into matrix and filler phases, where the first is the

continuous element and frequently present in the largest quantity. The function of the filler

is to improve the properties of the matrix, namely the electrical and mechanical properties

[1.1]. In this new class of materials, the filler phase has at least one dimension of less than

100 nm, providing nanocomposites with huge interfacial area/volume ratio between matrix

and filler and consequently, stronger molecular interactions between the two constituents.

Compared to other classes of materials, polymer is a versatile material and owns

many unique properties, such as mechanical flexibility, low density, reasonable strength,

optical transparency, chemical stability, biocompatibility and easy processing. These

characteristics allow PNC to be used in several applications like aerospace, automotive,

coatings, adhesives, packing materials, microelectronic packaging, optical integrated

circuits, sensors, drug delivery, medical devices, etc. [1.2]. However, for many engineering

applications the mechanical properties of the polymers are not enough. Also, most of

polymers have lack of electrical conductivity, confining these materials to a structural

element in most applications [1.3]. For this reason, there is a growing demand towards new

polymeric materials with improved characteristics.

PNCs can be processed similarly to conventional polymers, where blending of

different class of polymers and/or inorganic fillers can be used to fabricate new materials

with enhanced properties [1.4]. Several materials have been developed incorporating

nano-sized filler materials in polymer substrates and demonstrated superior mechanical,

thermal and barrier properties in comparison with non-filled polymers [1.5].

Almost all polymers (thermoplastics, thermosets and elastomers) have been used to

fabricate PNCs, as well as a large variety of nano-reinforcements. Generally, the three

classes of nanomaterials currently used are particle (such as silica nanoparticles and carbon

black), layered and fibrous materials (such as nanofibers and carbon nanotubes) [1.6].

Figure 1.1 illustrates the common reinforcement geometries and their respective surface

area/volume ratios. For the fibrous and layered nanomaterials, the surface area/volume is

Page 34: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

3

controlled by the first term in the equation since the second term (2/l and 4/l) has a little

influence compared to the first term (if r << l as in the case of nanomaterials such as

CNTs and graphene, respectively). Therefore, changing the particle diameter, layer

thickness or fibrous material diameter from micrometer to nanometer scale, will change the

surface area/volume ratio by three orders of magnitude [1.7].

Figure 1.1: Surface area/volume relations for varying reinforcement geometries. Used with

permission and adapted from reference [1.7] (Thostenson ET et al. Composites Science and

Technology 2005; 65:491-516, Copyright (2005) Elsevier).

Fillers characterized by high aspect ratio (ratio of length to the cross-sectional

dimension) can provide either isotropic or anisotropic properties, depending on the

orientation of the filler in the host matrix of the nanocomposite.

The final properties of nanocomposite materials depend not only on the properties of

the constituents used (polymer matrix and filler), but also on their morphology and

interfacial characteristics [1.8]. Also, depending on the processing method, considerable

differences in the nanocomposite properties may be obtained [1.9].

1.1.1 CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

Polymer-based nanocomposites are formed through a combination of a polymer matrix and

nano-scale reinforcing materials. Several polymers with distinct characteristics can be used

Page 35: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

4

as the matrix of a nanocomposite. Nevertheless, a correct selection of a matrix for a given

nanocomposite should take into account the purpose of the application.

A range of thermoplastic polymers have been used as a hosting matrix to build strain

sensors [1.10-1.14], with demonstrated superior tensile strain when compared with typical

metallic strain gauges [1.15]. However, when flexibility is required for an application,

elastomeric materials are commonly used as polymer matrix. Polydimethylsiloxane

(PDMS) is the most widely used silicone-based elastomer, known for its superior

mechanical elasticity and other remarkable rheological properties. PDMS is available in

the pure form, allowing its use for numerous applications. Also, among the several

characteristics PDMS is of easy molding, making it a good material to use in various

replication methods.

Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have appeared as an excellent nanofiller, mainly due to

their small size and unique physical properties [1.16]. More particularly, their excellent

electrical and mechanical properties [1.17-1.21] have been raising great interest in

fabricating CNTs-based composites for electronic and structural applications. CNTs

possess a high aspect ratio due to its long tubular structure (Figure 1.2), exhibiting high

electrical conductivity in comparison with other conductive nanofillers with lower aspect

ratios. Also, an entangled CNT network can actuate as electrically conductive pathway or

structural reinforcement element [1.22] and its incorporation into a polymeric matrix can

provide multi-functionalities to the nanocomposites.

Figure 1.2: Atomic model of a multi-walled carbon nanotube (MWCNT) [1.23]. Used with

permission (Copyright (2003) by The American Physical Society).

Page 36: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

5

The first CNTs/epoxy nanocomposites were prepared by Ajayan et al. in 1994 [1.24]

and after that, several matrices have been studied to embed efficiently the CNT network.

Wang et.al [1.25] investigated different approaches for embedding CNTs structures into

polymer matrices. The results demonstrated that the combination of the CNTs properties

with functional polymers lead to materials with uncommon properties, such as electrical,

mechanical, optical and magnetic properties. Other studies reported the improvement of

material properties with just a small amount of CNTs, preserving the flexibility of the

polymers [1.26]. The most available application for CNTs-polymer nanocomposites is

related with the electrical properties of CNTs, because their native conductivity makes

CNTs an excellent option for changing the conductive properties of polymers.

Recently, there has been a great effort focused in the study of CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites. PDMS is an electrical and thermal insulator material and alone, its use is

limited to structural applications [1.27, 1.28]. The incorporation of CNTs into the PDMS

matrix can enhance its electrical and mechanical properties with just a small amount of

CNTs. However, factors such as the type of CNTs, aspect ratio, CNT weight percentage

and processing techniques can influence the final properties of the resulting CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites.

1.2 Potential Applications of CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

The excellent variety of CNTs properties have resulted in a new era of advanced

multifunctional materials. Specifically, embedding CNTs in a polymeric matrix provides

nanocomposites highly suitable for engineering applications.

Since 2005, a small number of works have been reported that by embedding CNTs in

pure PDMS, the resulting nanocomposite has several attracting properties that can be used

in microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) for sensing and actuation. In fact,

CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites has diverse fields of applications, such as electrical devices,

optics, biocompatible thin coatings and drug delivery systems, but this type of

nanocomposites have mainly been used as strain gauges and pressure sensors.

CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites are piezoresistive materials, meaning that their nominal

Page 37: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

6

resistivity changes when a mechanical stress is applied. Also, a high sensitivity is expected

from these materials due to its Young’s modulus (1.7 MPa at 1.0 wt. % CNTs) [1.29].

CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites have been used to fabricate transducers, namely

resistive and capacitive sensors [1.30-1.36], in order to monitor physical or chemical

parameters. In the case of resistive sensors, parameters such as strain, voltage, magnetic

field, light, gas/liquid concentration, can induce a change in electrical resistance. On the

other hand, capacitive sensors can provide contact or noncontact measurement of several

physical or chemical quantities expressing position, distance, separation, proximity,

acceleration, pressure, force, chemical substances, particles and biocells. [1.37].

In addition to the sensing properties of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites, they also

present actuation characteristics. This kind of materials can directly convert different types

of energy (electrical, thermal, pneumatic and optical) into mechanical energy [1.38].

Several studies have reported the potentialities of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites that can

be widely used in many applications, such as microsensors, microrobotics, artificial

muscles, field driven cantilever actuators, microfluidic devices, etc. [1.39-1.44].

Nonetheless, applications of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites may have great potential

in the biomedical field, with a few works presented in the literature. For instance,

Jung et al. [1.45] fabricated a CNT/PDMS composite-based dry electrode for long-term

electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring, while Prajith et at. [1.46] developed an

electroencephalography (EEG) electrode using CNT/PDMS composite electrode in order

to investigate neurological disorders. A stationary polymerase chain reaction (PRC) device

made of CNT/PDMS nanocomposite was proposed by Quaglio et al. [1.47]. A different

work was developed by Liu and Choi [1.48], where the authors presented a nanocomposite

strain gauge made of PDMS and multi-walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs). These

biocompatible nanocomposites could be included in a miniature system and implanted

inside the human body (Figure 1.3) for monitoring of biomechanical strains.

Other groups reported the potential use of CNTs-based PDMS nanocomposites as

flow sensor cell, using processes of vacuum filtration, photolithography or plasma etching

[1.32, 1.49-1.51].

Page 38: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

7

Figure 1.3: Implantable strain sensor with wireless sensing capability for long-term monitoring

[1.48]. Used with permission (Copyright (2009) by Institute of Electrical and Electronics

Engineers).

In addition to the aforementioned applications, CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites can

find other potential applications for structural health monitoring (SHM), as the interest of

their use in industry has increased significantly in recent years. In spite of the existence of

a great number of non-destructive evaluation tools for inspections, significant

improvements can be obtained by developing new devices to increase the security and

improve the control of the materials. Also, smart electronic textiles (e-textiles) are a new

emerging inter disciplinary field of research that could be benefitted through the

development of new devices based on CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite for health monitoring,

providing the most complete remote picture of a patient´s health condition.

Page 39: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

8

1.3 Thesis Overview

1.3.1 Motivation and Objectives

While all of the applications aforementioned can benefit from the successful development

of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites, this thesis work is motivated by potential applications of

vertically aligned-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites in the development of flexible sensors for

pressure changes monitoring.

Silicon-based and metal-based sensors have been a driving force for the development

of MEMS since its beginning. During the ‘50s, the piezoresistance effect of silicon was

discovered and the measurement of pressure using the piezoresistance of silicon was also

demonstrated [1.52, 1.53]. After that, several works have demonstrated the interest in

developing a wide number of physical sensors, such as strain gauges, accelerometers and

pressure sensors. However, due to the mechanical characteristics of silicon, like many

other usual sensing materials, there are certain limitations to accomplish the requirements

of some applications. A good example is the biomedical field, where usually a fully

biocompatible sensing material is required for an implantable device. In addition, the

intrinsic rigidity of these conventional materials could limit its sensitivity and therefore,

might commit its response.

In order to outline these limitations, new solutions based on polymeric materials have

been used and with demonstrated potentialities for a vast range of applications. Compared

to the conventional materials that compose MEMS structures, the inherent properties of

polymers make them ideal materials to be used in several fields. Moreover, fabrication of

MEMS devices can benefit significantly of the polymer processing techniques, such as

injection molding and cast molding. A drawback in using these materials to build MEMS

devices is the reduced or absence of electrical conductivity in most polymeric materials.

Recently, a great interest on MEMS structures or devices based on carbon materials has

been rising among the scientific community. The possibility of obtaining structures with

improved mechanical properties, different shapes and geometries, has been raising the

interest in exploring new materials and to expand the development of MEMS devices to

new applications.

Page 40: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

9

Incorporation of CNTs into polymeric matrices, gives an alternative of adding

conductivity into polymer systems, while allowing the fabrication of nanocomposites with

different geometries and characteristics as flexibility and biocompatibility, unattainable

from silicon or metals. Thus, CNTs/polymer nanocomposites are among the most

mentioned candidate materials for nano-electronics, where a special attention has been

given to its use to fabricate pressure sensors. Flexible CNTs/polymer nanocomposites

could represent a dominant part in the future of the electronic industry, because the

fabrication of flexible substrates that can be folded, bent and rolled might benefit greatly

the development of new portable and wearable devices.

Regarding the microfabrication techniques, ultraviolet (UV) lithography is a typical

and widely used technique to produce complex 3-D MEMS structures [1.54]. However,

unlike the microfabrication of metallic patterns, it is difficult to implement this technique

to the polymer nanocomposites [1.55]. Other reported fabrication methods for flexible

MEMS applications consist of dispersing CNTs into a polymer matrix. Nonetheless,

factors as alignment, waviness and agglomeration effects due to the physical

entanglements and van der Waals forces between individual tubes, as well as weak

bonding between CNTs and polymer matrices, have been compromising the improvement

in mechanical properties of CNTs-based polymer nanocomposites [1.56].

Based on the potential applications of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites mentioned

before and the current challenge to effectively incorporate the distinctive and superior

properties of CNTs into a pure PDMS substrate, this research aims to introduce a new

fabrication technique to produce flexible pressure sensors based on A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites. The specific objectives of the thesis are listed as follows and illustrated in

Figure 1.4:

To develop a production process to build thin (100 – 400 µm) flexible substrates with a

conductive layer, in order to construct electrodes:

by developing a fabrication technique based on vertically aligned carbon

nanotubes (A-CNTs) embedded in a flexible matrix of pure

polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS).

PDMS besides being flexible is also a biocompatible material, and the excellent

mechanical and electrical properties of CNTs allow A-CNTs/PDMS

Page 41: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

10

nanocomposites to be used in fabrication of flexible pressure sensors that might

find several fields of application;

by optimizing the A-CNTs growth process and respective incorporation in the

flexible matrix of PDMS;

by evaluating the morphological, thermal, electrical and mechanical properties

of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites.

To design and fabricate flexible capacitive pressure sensors:

by defining the model of the sensor (mechanical and electrostatic domains) as

well as its telemetric model;

by testing several geometries for fabrication of flexible capacitive pressure

sensors, in order to validate the concept and the developed models.

Pressure sensors are composed of three thin films, with the top and bottom

(made of A-CNTs embedded in a flexible matrix of pure PDMS) defining the

electrodes and the middle film (made of PDMS) defining the dielectric (air);

by measuring the capacity and pressure changes of the flexible sensor;

by comparing the experimental results obtained for A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposite flexible capacitive pressure sensors with finite element model

(FEM) simulations.

To study and explore the potentialities of the developed flexible pressure sensor using a

particular case study, specifically to use the flexible sensor in the treatment of

abdominal aortic aneurysms (AAAs):

by identifying the available treatment options and its main problems;

by defining the requirements of the flexible capacitive pressure sensor;

by developing a pressure measurement system capable of detecting post

endovascular aneurysm repair (post-EVAR) complications and able of

transmitting the measured data without the need for an embedded power supply;

by evaluating the experimental measurement results.

Page 42: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

11

Figure 1.4: Schematic outline of the main objectives presented in this thesis.

1.3.2 Thesis Organization

This dissertation is divided into six chapters, which are described as follows:

Chapter 1 introduces the subject of polymer nanocomposites and analyzes the

potential applications of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. The motivation and objectives of

this research are also presented.

Chapter 2 reviews previous research related with both PDMS and CNT materials, as

well as their nanocomposites. It also presents sensors developed using CNTs and the

Flexible capacitive pressure sensor based on

nanocomposites

Fabrication and characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposite films (Chapter 3)

Pure PDMS As-grown A-CNTs embedded

in the PDMS matrix

Fabrication and characterization of flexible

capacitive pressure sensors (Chapter 4)

Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms treatment: A case

study (Chapter 5)

Page 43: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

12

biocompatibility of each material is also analyzed for future potential biomedical

applications.

Chapter 3 describes the full fabrication process of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

films. The elastic response of the nanocomposites is presented as well as the electrical

conductivity measurement results.

Chapter 4 demonstrates a new approach for the design and fabrication of

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite-based pressure sensors for wireless telemetry and their

characterization. The performance of the flexible pressure sensor is also assessed through

experimental measurements and comparison of the results with simulations from both

FEM and analytical modeling.

Chapter 5 presents a potential biomedical application for the developed pressure

sensor, precisely its use in the treatment of AAAs. Firstly, the main causes of this severe

disease, current available treatment options and existing implantable pressure sensors

(including those currently used in the treatment of AAAs) are reviewed. Further, a new

smart stent-graft with sensing capabilities is proposed and the development of a flexible

pressure measurement system based on inductive-coupling for monitoring of post–EVAR

procedure is also presented. The pressure measurement system’s performance is

demonstrated through measurements setups that mimic the end use of the system.

Chapter 6 summarizes results and proposes future work.

Page 44: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

13

References

[1.1] D. D. L. Chung, Composite Materials: Science and Applications, 2nd ed. London:

Springer-Verlag, 2010, p. 371.

[1.2] S. S. Ray and M. Bousmina, Polymer Nanocomposites and Their Applications.

Canada: American Scientific Publishers, 2006, p. 600.

[1.3] T. Blythe and D. Bloor, Electrical Properties Polymers, 2nd ed. Cambridge

University Press, 2008, p. 496.

[1.4] M. Matos Ruiz, J. Y. Cavaillé, A. Dufresne, J. F. Gérard, and C. Graillat,

“Processing and characterization of new thermoset nanocomposites based on

cellulose whiskers,” Composite Interfaces, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 117–131, Jan. 2000.

[1.5] W. Helbert, J. Y. Cavaill, and A. Dufresne, “Thermoplastic nanocomposites filled

with wheat straw cellulose whiskers. Part I: Processing and mechanical

behavior,” Polymer Composites, vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 604–611, Aug. 1996.

[1.6] D. Schmidt, D. Shah, and E. P. Giannelis, “New advances in polymer/layered

silicate nanocomposites,” Current Opinion in Solid State and Materials Science,

vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 205–212, 2002.

[1.7] E. T. Thostenson, C. Li, and T.-W. Chou, “Nanocomposites in context,”

Composites Science and Technology, vol. 65, no. 3, pp. 491–516, 2005.

[1.8] C. O. Oriakhi, “Nano Sandwiches,” Chemical Briefing, vol. 34, no. 11, pp. 59–62,

1998.

[1.9] C. Park, O. Park, J. G. Lim, and H. J. Kim, “The fabrication of syndiotactic

polystyrene/organophilic clay nanocomposites and their properties,” Polymer,

vol. 42, no. 17, pp. 7465–7475, 2001.

[1.10] Y. Liu, S. Chakrabartty, D. S. Gkinosatis, A. K. Mohanty, and N. Lajnef, “Multi-

walled Carbon Nanotubes/Poly(L-lactide) Nanocomposite Strain Sensor for

Biomechanical Implants,” in 2007 IEEE Biomedical Circuits and Systems

Conference, 2007, pp. 119–122.

[1.11] F. Umbrecht, M. Wendlandt, D. Juncker, C. Hierold, and J. Neuenschwander, “A

Wireless Implantable Passive Strain Sensor System,” in Sensors, 2005 IEEE,

2005, pp. 20–23.

[1.12] W. Zhang, J. Suhr, and N. Koratkar, “Carbon nanotube/polycarbonate composites

as multifunctional strain sensors,” Journal of nanoscience and nanotechnology,

vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 960–964, Apr. 2006.

[1.13] Y. D. S. Rajapakse, D. Hui, G. T. Pham, Y.-B. Park, Z. Liang, C. Zhang, and

B. Wang, “Processing and modeling of conductive thermoplastic/carbon

Page 45: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

14

nanotube films for strain sensing,” Composites Part B: Engineering, vol. 39,

no. 1, pp. 209–216, 2008.

[1.14] I. Kang, M. J. Schulz, J. H. Kim, V. Shanov, and D. Shi, “A carbon nanotube strain

sensor for structural health monitoring,” Smart Materials and Structures,

vol. 15, no. 3, pp. 737–748, Jun. 2006.

[1.15] K. Arshak and R. Perrem, “Fabrication of a thin-film strain-gauge transducer using

Bi2O3-V2O5,” Sensors and Actuators A: Physical, vol. 36, no. 1, pp. 73–76,

1993.

[1.16] P. M. Ajayan and J. M. Tour, “Materials Science: Nanotube composites,” Nature,

vol. 447, pp. 1066–1068, 2007.

[1.17] H. G. Chae and S. Kumar, “Making strong fibers,” Science, vol. 319, no. 5865,

pp. 908–909, Feb. 2008.

[1.18] H. Guo, T. V. Sreekumar, T. Liu, M. Minus, and S. Kumar, “Structure and

properties of polyacrylonitrile/single wall carbon nanotube composite films,”

Polymer, vol. 46, no. 9, pp. 3001–3005, 2005.

[1.19] A. Koganemaru, Y. Bin, Y. Agari, and M. Matsuo, “Composites of

Polyacrylonitrile and Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes Prepared by

Gelation/Crystallization from Solution,” Advanced Functional Materials,

vol. 14, no. 9, pp. 842–850, Sep. 2004.

[1.20] T. V. Sreekumar, T. Liu, B. G. Min, H. Guo, S. Kumar, R. H. Hauge, and R. E.

Smalley, “Polyacrylonitrile Single-Walled Carbon Nanotube Composite Fibers,”

Advanced Materials, vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 58–61, Jan. 2004.

[1.21] H. Ye, H. Lam, N. Titchenal, Y. Gogotsi, and F. Ko, “Reinforcement and rupture

behavior of carbon nanotubes–polymer nanofibers,” Applied Physics Letters,

vol. 85, no. 10, pp. 1775–1777, Sep. 2004.

[1.22] I. Dubnikova, E. Kuvardina, V. Krasheninnikov, S. Lomakin, I. Tchmutin, and S.

Kuznetsov, “The effect of multiwalled carbon nanotube dimensions on the

morphology, mechanical, and electrical properties of melt mixed

polypropylene-based composites,” Journal of Applied Polymer Science,

vol. 117, no. 1, pp. 259–272, 2010.

[1.23] X. Zhao, Y. Ando, Y. Liu, M. Jinno, and T. Suzuki, “Carbon Nanowire Made of a

Long Linear Carbon Chain Inserted Inside a Multiwalled Carbon Nanotube,”

Physical Review Letters, vol. 90, no. 18, p. 187401 (4pp), May 2003.

[1.24] P. M. Ajayan, O. Stephan, C. Colliex, and D. Trauth, “Aligned carbon nanotube

arrays formed by cutting a polymer resin-nanotube composite,” Science,

vol. 265, no. 5176, pp. 1212–1214, Aug. 1994.

Page 46: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

15

[1.25] C. Wang, Z.-X. Guo, S. Fu, W. Wu, and D. Zhu, “Polymers containing fullerene or

carbon nanotube structures,” Progress in Polymer Science, vol. 29, no. 11,

pp. 1079–1141, 2004.

[1.26] O. Breuer and U. Sundararaj, “Big returns from small fibers: A review of

polymer/carbon nanotube composites,” Polymer Composites, vol. 25, no. 6,

pp. 630–645, Dec. 2004.

[1.27] M. M. Demir, Y. Z. Menceloglu, and B. Erman, “Effect of filler amount on

thermoelastic properties of poly(dimethylsiloxane) networks,” Polymer, vol. 46,

no. 12, pp. 4127–4134, 2005.

[1.28] L. Bokobza, “Elastomeric composites. I. Silicone composites,” Journal of Applied

Polymer Science, vol. 93, no. 5, pp. 2095–2104, Sep. 2004.

[1.29] S. Zhang, C. Wong, G. Goh, G. Qi, Z. Chen, E. Liu, C.-L. Wu, H.-C. Lin, J.-S.

Hsu, M.-C. Yip, and W. Fang, “Static and dynamic mechanical properties of

polydimethylsiloxane/carbon nanotube nanocomposites,” Thin Solid Films,

vol. 517, no. 17, pp. 4895–4901, 2009.

[1.30] H.-K. Lee, S.-I. Chang, and E. Yoon, “A Flexible Polymer Tactile Sensor:

Fabrication and Modular Expandability for Large Area Deployment,” Journal of

Microelectromechanical Systems, vol. 15, no. 6, pp. 1681–1686, Dec. 2006.

[1.31] J. Engel, J. Chen, and S. Pandya, “Multi-Walled Carbon Nanotube Filled

Conductive Elastomers: Materials and Application to Micro Transducers,” in

19th IEEE International Conference on Micro Electro Mechanical Systems,

2006, pp. 246–249.

[1.32] K. Lee, S. S. Lee, J. A. Lee, K.-C. Lee, and S. Ji, “Carbon nanotube film

piezoresistors embedded in polymer membranes,” Applied Physics Letters,

vol. 96, no. 1, p. 013511, Jan. 2010.

[1.33] E. Lahiff, C. Y. Ryu, S. Curran, A. I. Minett, W. J. Blau, and P. M. Ajayan,

“Selective Positioning and Density Control of Nanotubes within a Polymer Thin

Film,” Nano Letters, vol. 3, no. 10, pp. 1333–1337, Oct. 2003.

[1.34] Y. J. Jung, S. Kar, S. Talapatra, C. Soldano, G. Viswanathan, X. Li, Z. Yao, F. S.

Ou, A. Avadhanula, R. Vajtai, S. Curran, O. Nalamasu, and P. M. Ajayan,

“Aligned carbon nanotube-polymer hybrid architectures for diverse flexible

electronic applications,” Nano letters, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 413–418, Mar. 2006.

[1.35] Y.-T. Lai, Y.-M. Chen, and Y.-J. J. Yang, “A Novel CNT-PDMS-Based Tactile

Sensing Array With Resistivity Retaining and Recovering by Using

Dielectrophoresis Effect,” Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems, vol. 21,

no. 1, pp. 217–223, Feb. 2012.

Page 47: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

16

[1.36] J. I. McKelvey, A. Kormendy, and L. P. F. Chibante, “Tactile Sensing Using

Contact Resistance in MWNT/PDMS Composites,” MRS Proceedings,

vol. 1410, Feb. 2012.

[1.37] W. Y. Du and S. W. Yelich, “Resistive and Capacitive Based Sensing

Technologies,” Sensors & Transducers Journal, vol. 90, pp. 100–116, 2008.

[1.38] G. T. Kovacs, Micromachined Transducers: Sourcebook. New York: MacGraw-

Hill, 1998, p. 911.

[1.39] S. K. Yadav, I. J. Kim, H. J. Kim, J. Kim, S. M. Hong, and C. M. Koo,

“PDMS/MWCNT nanocomposite actuators using silicone functionalized

multiwalled carbon nanotubes via nitrene chemistry,” Journal of Materials

Chemistry C, vol. 1, no. 35, pp. 5463–5470, Aug. 2013.

[1.40] L. Z. Chen, C. H. Liu, C. H. Hu, and S. S. Fan, “Electrothermal actuation based on

carbon nanotube network in silicone elastomer,” Applied Physics Letters,

vol. 92, no. 26, p. 263104, Jul. 2008.

[1.41] L. Chen, C. Liu, K. Liu, C. Meng, C. Hu, J. Wang, and S. Fan, “High-performance,

low-voltage, and easy-operable bending actuator based on aligned carbon

nanotube/polymer composites,” ACS nano, vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 1588–1593,

Mar. 2011.

[1.42] D. K. Seo, T. J. Kang, D. W. Kim, and Y. H. Kim, “Twistable and bendable

actuator: a CNT/polymer sandwich structure driven by thermal gradient,”

Nanotechnology, vol. 23, no. 7, p. 075501, Feb. 2012.

[1.43] S. Ahir and E. Terentjev, “Fast Relaxation of Carbon Nanotubes in Polymer

Composite Actuators,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 96, no. 13, p. 133902,

Apr. 2006.

[1.44] S. Lu and B. Panchapakesan, “Photomechanical responses of carbon

nanotube/polymer actuators,” Nanotechnology, vol. 18, no. 30, p. 305502,

Aug. 2007.

[1.45] H.-C. Jung, J.-H. Moon, D.-H. Baek, J.-H. Lee, Y.-Y. Choi, J.-S. Hong, and

S.-H. Lee, “CNT/PDMS composite flexible dry electrodes for long-term ECG

monitoring,” IEEE transactions on bio-medical engineering, vol. 59, no. 5,

pp. 1472–1479, May 2012.

[1.46] P. R. Prajith, R. Ganesan, and S. Gobalakrishnan, “Design of

Electroencephalogram Sensor for Long-Term Bio-signal Measurement,”

International Journal of Latest Trends in Engineering and Technology, vol. 2,

no. 3, pp. 198–206, 2013.

Page 48: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Introduction

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

17

[1.47] M. Quaglio, S. Bianco, R. Castagna, M. Cocuzza, and C. F. Pirri, “Elastomeric

nanocomposite based on carbon nanotubes for Polymerase Chain Reaction

device,” Microelectronic Engineering, vol. 88, no. 8, pp. 1860–1863, 2011.

[1.48] C.-X. Liu and J.-W. Choi, “An embedded PDMS nanocomposite strain sensor

toward biomedical applications,” in Annual International Conference of the

IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society, 2009, pp. 6391–6394.

[1.49] H. Cao, Q. Lü, X. Song, Z. Gan, and S. Liu, “Fabrication and characterization of

patterned carbon nanotube flow sensor cell,” Chinese Science Bulletin, vol. 55,

no. 23, pp. 2579–2583, Aug. 2010.

[1.50] X. Song, S. Liu, Z. Gan, Q. Lv, H. Cao, and H. Yan, “Controllable fabrication of

carbon nanotube-polymer hybrid thin film for strain sensing,” Microelectronic

Engineering, vol. 86, no. 11, pp. 2330–2333, 2009.

[1.51] H. Cao, Z. Gan, Q. Lv, H. Yan, X. Luo, X. Song, and S. Liu, “Single-walled carbon

nanotube network/poly composite thin film for flow sensor,” Microsystem

Technologies, vol. 16, no. 6, pp. 955–959, Mar. 2010.

[1.52] C. Smith, “Piezoresistance Effect in Germanium and Silicon,” Physical Review,

vol. 94, no. 1, pp. 42–49, Apr. 1954.

[1.53] W. Paul and G. Pearson, “Pressure Dependence of the Resistivity of Silicon,”

Physical Review, vol. 98, no. 6, pp. 1755–1757, Jun. 1955.

[1.54] Y.-K. Yoon, J.-H. Park, and M. G. Allen, “Multidirectional UV Lithography for

Complex 3-D MEMS Structures,” Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems,

vol. 15, no. 5, pp. 1121–1130, Oct. 2006.

[1.55] X. Z. Niu, S. L. Peng, L. Y. Liu, W. J. Wen, and P. Sheng, “Characterizing and

Patterning of PDMS-Based Conducting Composites,” Advanced Materials,

vol. 19, no. 18, pp. 2682–2686, Sep. 2007.

[1.56] D.-L. Shi, X.-Q. Feng, Y. Y. Huang, K.-C. Hwang, and H. Gao, “The Effect of

Nanotube Waviness and Agglomeration on the Elastic Property of Carbon

Nanotube-Reinforced Composites,” Journal of Engineering Materials and

Technology, vol. 126, no. 3, pp. 250–257, Jul. 2004.

Page 49: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 50: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Chapter 2

Background and Prior Work

This chapter provides some general information about both polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS)

and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) materials. Relevant work in the literature regarding

experimental studies on the mechanical and electrical properties of CNTs/PDMS polymer

nanocomposites is summarized here. As mentioned in Chapter 1, this work is focused on

the development of flexible pressure sensors based on polymer nanocomposites. Therefore,

sensors based on CNTs are reviewed and envisaging the vast range of future applications,

such as the biomedical field, the issue of CNTs biocompatibility is also addressed.

Page 51: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

20

2.1 Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS)

Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) is a silicone elastomer belonging to the synthetic polymers

group, which has received a remarkable interest in several fields, such as the fabrication of

MEMS devices for biomedical applications [2.1], mostly because of its excellent

biocompatibility. Usually, PDMS includes a base polymer (part A) called siloxane

oligomer and a curing agent (part B), the siloxane cross-linker. These two parts are mixed

together, generally at a proportion of 10(A):1(B) weight ratio and placed in a vacuum

chamber to degas the mixture, in order to remove all of the air bubbles. Then, heating the

liquid mixture at controlled temperatures generates an elastomeric solid [2.2]. Figure 2.1

shows a representation of the mixing process.

Figure 2.1: Visual representation of the PDMS mixing process.

2.1.1 Structure and Synthesis

PDMS contains a strong polar backbone of siloxane bonds (silicon atoms and alternate

oxygen – Si-O), fortified by organic methyl groups (CH3) [2.3]. X-ray diffraction

experiments show that the crystalline structure of the PDMS holds a quadruple helical

conformation with four monomers around and a repetition distance of 12 Å in a tetragonal

unitary cell [2.4, 2.5]. The chemical formula of PDMS can be written as [-Si(CH3)2O-]n,

where n is the number of repeating monomer units, and comprises an inorganic siloxane

group linked to lateral groups of methyl as illustrated in Figure 2.2.

a)

Page 52: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

21

Figure 2.2: Polydimethylsiloxane. a) Chemical structure combining both organic and inorganic

groups; b) Structural representation showing the shielding of the main chain (Si-O groups)

by the methyl groups.

PDMS is produced through a cure reaction known as hydrosilylation (Figure 2.3). As

previously referred, PDMS is provided in two elements, the base oligomer or monomer

(containing vinyl-terminated dimethyl siloxane and platinum catalyst) and the curing agent

or cross-linker (hydride-terminated dimethylsiloxane). The reaction is made between the

vinyl functional group (SiCH ═ CH2) from the base oligomer and the hydride functional

group (SiH) from the cross-linker, aided by the addition of platinum-catalyst [2.6]. The

vinyl group is susceptible to bonding with a receptive hydride group on a nearest siloxane

chain, creating a cross-link.

Figure 2.3: Synthesis of PDMS through hydrosilylation (Adapted from [2.7]).

b)

Page 53: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

22

2.1.2 General Properties

The exceptional flexibility of the siloxane backbone chain is attributed to the freedom of

rotation about bonds. The Si-O-Si bond angle can vary between 105º and 180º [2.8].

Comparing the energy required for rotation about the carbon-to-carbon bonds, for instance,

in polytetrafluoroethylene (19.6 kJ/mol) and polyethylene (13.8 kJ/mol), for PDMS the

energy necessary for rotation about bonds is almost zero [2.9, 2.10].

Polymer flexibility is also an indicator of its glass transition temperature (Tg).

Several factors can determine the Tg of a polymer, such as the chain length, chain stiffness,

attractive forces between molecules and polymer volume-free [2.10]. In PDMS, the high

flexibility is also responsible for its low Tg, reported as being around -125 ºC [2.2]. Also,

the low intermolecular interactions contribute for the low melting temperature (Tm),

quoted as being around -50 ºC [2.11].

Among the several attributes that characterize the PDMS, it is nontoxic to proteins

and cells, nonflammable, chemically inert, thermally stable and highly permeable to gases

(such as oxygen, carbon dioxide and water vapor) [2.12]. Likewise, PDMS is optically

transparent in a rage of wave lengths between 290-1100 nm [2.13] and has a refractive

index around 1.45 [2.14]. In addition, PDMS is thermally and electrically isolating, with a

reported thermal conductivity of 0.18 W/m.K [2.2], a rather low value compared to metals.

Silicon polymers are non-polar, in spite of its strongly polarized Si-O bonds. In fact

the methyl groups avoid a close approach of Si-O dipoles, resulting in week intermolecular

forces and essentially composed of London-van der Waals interactions. Also, due to these

low intermolecular forces, several properties of PDMS are little affected over a large range

of temperatures, which do not happens in most organic polymers [2.15].

Pure PDMS is highly hydrophobic which interact most strongly with polar

compounds, through hydrogen bonding between the siloxane group of PDMS and

alcoholic/acid hydrogen of the analyte or through polar-to-polar interactions. In addition,

PDMS can also present slightly strong hydrophobic interaction with compounds bearing

methyl or alkyl groups due to van der Waals forces [2.16]. Because of this character of the

PDMS chain, the dielectric constant of this type of polymers is relatively high when

compared to other non-polar polymers.

Page 54: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

23

Table 2.1 compares the dielectric properties of PDMS and high density polyethylene

(HDPE), a non-polar polymer. The volume resistivity of PDMS and dielectric strength

properties are influenced by the presence of material impurities [2.16, 2.17]. This could be

reinforcing fillers of the matrix or other impurities related with residual marks of

polymerization catalysts.

Table 2.1: Dielectric properties of polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) and high density

polyethylene (HDPE) [2.17].

Polymer

Dielectric

constant at

100 Hz

Dissipation

factor at

100 Hz

Dielectric strength

at 60 Hz

Volume resistivity

(ohm.cm)

Tg

(K)

PDMS 2.86 0.00025 552 5.3x1016

150

HDPE 2.30 0.00011 811 2.2x1016

148

2.1.3 Mechanical properties

PDMS elastomers reveal very poor mechanical properties and especially, they present low

tensile strengths [2.18-2.20]. PDMS has a Young’s modulus (E) typically around 1 MPa

[2.21]. The shear modulus (G) could vary between 100 kPa and 3 MPa and it presents a

very low dielectric loss tangent (tan δ ˂ 0.001) [2.22]. However, there are some parameters

that can be changed in the preparation process of PDMS in order to improve the final

mechanical properties.

The manufacturer suggested a mixing ratio for the base polymer and curing agent,

respectively, of 10:1. However, it is expected that some considerable changes happen in

the final properties of cured PDMS, by changing the recommended proportions. Usually,

as higher is the amount of curing agent used in the formulation, higher is the number of

cross-links that are formed. Nevertheless, there is a critical point where all chains are

cross-linked and therefore are unable to further bond [2.23].

Several authors have studied the influence of different mixing ratios of the base

polymer/curing agent on the mechanical properties of PDMS [2.24-2.27]. The base

Page 55: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

24

polymer has a viscosity of 0.0050 m2/s while the curing agent has a viscosity of

0.0011 m2/s.

Mata et al. [2.24] presented an extensive study regarding the effects of several

production techniques on the final properties of PDMS. Using the same spin-coating

conditions, they found that an increase in the quantity of curing agent leads to a liquid

mixture less viscous and consequently final films less thick (Figure 2.4). In addition, the

ultimate tensile strength was observed to increase by increasing the amount of curing agent

up to the combination of 14.3 wt. % cross-linker. However, mixtures with significant

increase in the amount of curing agent (combinations of 21.4 and 42.9 wt. % cross-linker)

presented an opposite effect, decreasing the ultimate tensile strength.

Figure 2.4: Speed-thickness correlation for different formulations of base polymer/curing agent

combined at different weight ratios and spin coating speeds. Used with permission from reference

[2.24] (Mata A et al. Biomed Microdevices 2005; 7: 281-293, Copyright (2005) Springer).

Khanafer et al. [2.25] studied the mechanical properties of PDMS by combining

different mixing ratios. They found that the elastic modulus increases by increasing the

mixing ratio. As shown in Figure 2.5, the high elastic modulus value was obtained for the

formulation 9:1 base polymer/curing agent. After that, continuing to increase the mixing

ratio the elastic modulus begins to decrease.

Page 56: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

25

Figure 2.5: Effect of different formulations of the PDMS on the Young’s modulus, for a crosshead

speed of 5 mm/min. Used with permission and adapted from reference [2.25] (Khanafer K et al.

Biomed Microdevices 2008; 11: 503-508, Copyright (2008) Springer).

PDMS cures chemically by forming Si-CH2-CH2-Si linkages [2.28] and, by

increasing the temperature these linkages are formed more quickly. Therefore, using high

temperatures to cure the PDMS considerably decreases de cure time.

Liu et al. [2.29] investigated the influence of heating temperature on mechanical

properties of PDMS. They found that the Young´s modulus and ultimate tensile strength

are independent of heating time, for temperatures lower than 200 ºC. One the other hand,

higher heating temperatures generate lower mechanical strength. Also, Liu et al. [2.30]

demonstrate that both the mechanical strength and the Young’s modulus of the PDMS are

thickness dependent. Their results showed that the Young’s modulus increases

significantly when the thickness decreases. Likewise, the ultimate tensile strength increases

largely as the thickness of the PDMS samples is reduced.

Lötters et al. [2.22] measured the shear modulus by changing the applied frequencies

and temperatures in the range of 0.005-30 Hz and 0-70 ºC, respectively. The authors used a

thick cylindrical PDMS structure of height 1.2 mm and radius 8 mm, placed between two

parallel circular discs. They obtained a shear modulus value of 250 kPa and concluded that

it is independent of the applied frequency but linearly dependent on the temperature with a

slope of 1.1 kPa/ºC.

Page 57: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

26

2.2 Carbon nanotubes fundamentals

Since the first observation by Iijima in 1991 [2.31], carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have been

focus of considerable attention for the researchers due to its outstanding physical and

mechanical properties. Nanotubes are long and slim fullerenes, with a graphene structure

where the walls of the tubes are hexagonal and often capped at each end (Figure 2.6).

CNTs can have diameters around 1nm (10 Ǻ) and lengths up to centimeters. Their

symmetric structure is responsible for the exceptional mechanical properties that the CNTs

show [2.32].

Figure 2.6: Atomic structure of a single graphene sheet [2.33].

2.2.1 Carbon nanotubes morphology

CNTs can be synthesized in two structural forms: single-walled and multi-walled

structures, also known as single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) and multi-walled

carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs), respectively (Figure 2.7). MWCNTs were first observed by

Iijima [2.31], that consisted of two or more seamless graphene cylinders concentrically

organized. Through electron difraction analysis, Iijima has observed tubules with a helical

arrangement relatively to the tube axis. The diameter of the inner tubules was observed to

be smaller than 2.2 nm, while the outer diameter ranges from 4 to 30 nm and lengths of up

to 1 µm. Two years later, Iijima et al. and Bethune et al. [2.34, 2.35] produced

independently SWCNTs, made just with one layer of carbon atoms. Their diameters were

Page 58: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

27

reported as ranging from 0.4 to 2-3 nm and their length in the micrometer order,

hexagonally arranged to form a crystal-like structure [2.36].

Figure 2.7: Schematic of single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) and multi-walled carbon

nanotubes (MWCNTs) showing the common dimensions of length, width and separation

distance between graphene layers in MWCNTs (Adapted from [2.37]).

MWCNTs are basically composed of concentric SWCNTs like matryoska dolls

[2.38], with a wall-to-wall distance of 0.36 nm [2.31]. Despite structural similarities to a

single graphitic sheet, SWCNTs are described using three different morphologies.

Depending on the appearance of the carbon bonds around the nanotube cylinder, the

nanotube is described as having armchair, zigzag or chiral morphology [2.30, 2.36], as

ilustrated in Figure 2.8. This atomic structure is described by its chirality, which refers to

the rolling angle (θ) of the graphene sheet that creates the carbon nanotube and the chiral

vector (Ch), that can be defined in terms of the lattice translations indices (n, m) and the

unit vectors (a1 and a2) of the hexagonal lattice [2.39].

Variations in the atomic structure can change largely the properties of nanotubes and

most significantly their electronic properties [2.38, 2.40]. Lau and Hui [2.39] provided a

wide review on the three different structures of nanotubes – armchair (n, n), zigzag (n, 0)

and chiral (n,m with n ≠ m). Generally, SWCNTs can present a metallic structure for an

armchair morphology (n, n), they can be very small-semiconductors – (n, m) morphology

Page 59: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

28

with n-m = 3j and j is a non-zero integer, and large-semiconductors for all the other

morphologies.

Figure 2.8: Atomic structure illustrations showing the chiral vector (Ch) in a hexagonal graphene

sheet, defined by unit vectors a1 and a2, and the chiral angle θ (Adapted from [2.32]).

2.2.2 Physical properties of carbon nanotubes

In order to better understand the physical properties of CNTs, several researchers have

attempted to characterize CNTs both experimentally and theoretically. CNTs raise huge

interest due to the unequaled atomic structure, exceptional electronic properties (thermal

and electric conductivity) and mechanical properties (high Young’s modulus, tensile and

compressive strength), equal to or higher than metals [2.40-2.43].

As referred before, the conducting properties of CNTs range from metallic to

moderate band gap semi-conductors [2.44]. They are very sensitive to their geometric

structure [2.41, 2.43], depending greatly on the diameter and chiral vector. However, so

far, there is no efficient method to control the chirality during the production of the carbon

nanotubes [2.45]. Perfect metallic CNTs should be ballistic conductor, which means that

there is zero resistance along the tubes [2.46], and it is predicted to have a quantum

conductance of 6.45 kΩ. Individual CNTs resistances can vary from a few kΩ to a few

MΩ, at room temperature [2.47-2.50].

Page 60: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

29

Based on Ashby charts [2.51] (Figure 2.9), it is possible to observe that individual

CNTs are thermally and electrically more conductive in comparison with materials such as

metals, carbon fibers, polymers and polymer-based composites.

Figure 2.9: Electrical and thermal conductivities of individual CNTs normalized by density, in

comparison with different materials (Adapted from [2.52]).

The electrical resistance was first measured for bundles of MWCNTs and oriented

films. Song et al. [2.53] obtained a resistivity of 0.0065 Ω.cm at 300 K and 0.016 Ω.cm at

5 K. Deheer et al. [2.54] developed a method to fabricate thin films of aligned CNTs. They

verified that the electrical resistivity is anisotropic, being smaller along the tubes than in

the perpendicular direction to them. A similar work performed by Baumgartner et al. [2.55]

suggested that the electric resistance is temperature dependent. They found a bulk

resistivity of 0.02 Ω.cm at 300 K, along the tubes, a smaller value when compared to the

perpendicular direction. Bauhofer and Kovacs [2.56] reviewed experimental and

theoretical work on electrical percolation of CNTs in polymer composites.

In the last years, there have been several activities regarding the measurement of the

thermal conductivity of the CNTs. Its direct measurements still remain a challenge,

however, values of about 3000 W/m.K for MWCNTs and up to 2000 W/m.K for

SWCNTs, have been reported. Based on equilibrium and non-equilibrium molecular

Page 61: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

30

dynamics (MD) simulations, Berber et al. [2.57] determined the temperature dependence of

individual SWCNTs. Their results indicated a thermal conductivity of 6600 w/m.K at room

temperature, and an unusual value of 37000 W/m.K at 100 K. Another MD study

performed by Osman and Srivastava [2.58] indicated a thermal conductivity in the range of

1500-3000 W/mK for SWCNTs, at room temperature. The complete phonon dispersed

relation method was used by Gu and Chen [2.59] in order to determine the thermal

conductivity of individual SWCNTs. Their calculations suggested a value of 474 W/m.K

and a linear temperature dependence of the thermal conductivity. Maruyama [2.60]

simulated the heat conduction in finite-length SWCNTs, also using the MD method. The

thermal conductivity was calculated for two SWCNTs structures with different diameters.

The author found that the thermal conductivity of (10, 10) was almost independent of the

tube length, while the thermal conductivity of (5, 5) structures diverges as a power law. In

parallel to the theoretical studies, there is also some experimental works on this subject.

Yang et al. [2.61] studied the thermal conductivity of MWCNTs using a pulsed

photothermal reflectance technique and proposed that the effective thermal conductivity

could be about 200 W/m.K. Kim et al. [2.62] used a suspended device to measure the

thermal conductivity of single MWCNTs. The carbon nanotubes were placed on the

fabricated device and connected the other two suspended islands. The authors found a

thermal conductivity higher than 3000W/m.K, at room temperature. Yu et al. [2.63] used a

similar device to measure the thermal conductance of individual SWCNTs in the

temperature range of 110 and 300 K. They obtained a thermal conductivity higher than

2000 W/m.K, decreasing with the decrease of temperature. Hone et al. [2.64] investigated

the temperature-dependent thermal conductivity of crystalline ropes of SWCNTs in a range

of 350 to 8 K. They reported that below 30 K the thermal conductivity is linear

temperature-dependent and dominated by phonons at all temperatures. The temperature

dependence of thermal conductivity of individual MWCNTs was also analyzed by Small et

al. [2.65]. Their measurements indicated a thermal conductivity higher than 3000 W/m.K,

an order of magnitude higher than the 200 W/m.K found by Hone et al. [2.66] for

magnetically aligned SWCNTs.

The mechanical properties of CNTs have been subject of a number of theoretical and

experimental studies. Several works has been focused on Young´s modulus and strength

along the CNTs axis and values above 1 TPa [2.65-2.69] and 10 GPa [2.70], respectively,

Page 62: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

31

have been reported. However, maybe due to the techniques used for CNTs

characterization, the results obtained differ considerably.

The first study regarding the mechanical response of CNTs to large deformations

was performed by Yakobson et al. [2.71]. The authors used molecular dynamics

simulations to model the armchair, chiral and zig-zag structure of the CNTs, and predict its

behaviour beyond the linear response. By choosing the appropriate parameters, the authors

found that the effect of chirality causes almost no effect on the elastic stiffness of the

CNTs. Also, they found that CNTs are very resilient, supporting extreme strain without

any sign of brittleness or plasticity. Based on the empirical lattice dynamical model [2.72]

used to investigate the elastic properties of graphite layers, Lu [2.73] used a similar model

to predict the elastic properties of single- and multilayered nanotubes with different size

and geometry. According to their results, the Young’s modulus (~ 1 TPa), shear modulus

(~ 0.45 TPa) and bulk modulus (~ 0.74 TPa) are the same for all nanotubes with a radius

larger than 1 nm. Using molecular dynamics simulation for an armchair SWCNTs, Yao et

al. [2.74] obtained a Young’s modulus of 3.6 TPa and tensile strength of 9.6 GPa.

Experimental methods have been also performed in order to estimate the elastic

properties of CNTs. Treacy et al. [2.67] estimated the Young’s modulus of isolated CNTs

by measuring their intrinsic thermal vibrations and using a transmission electron

microscope (TEM). They obtained an average value of the Young’s modulus of 1.8 TPa.

Similar works were also performed using this method [2.75, 2.76]. However, the calculated

values were slightly lower than those obtained by [2.67]. Wong et al. used an atomic force

microscope (AFM) to record directly the stiffness and strength of a single MWCNTs

through a bending test. They obtained an elastic modulus value of 1.26 TPa while the value

of the tensile strength was reported as 28.5 GPa. Yu et al. [2.70] performed tensile-loading

experiments to measure tensile strengths of individual MWCNTs. The Young’s modulus

obtained varies from 270 to 950 GPa and the tensile strength was reported to vary from 11

to 63 GPa. Qi et al. [2.76] proposed a new method to determine the mechanical properties

of vertically aligned carbon nanotubes (V-ACNTs) forest and constituent nanotubes

through nanoindentation technique. During this process, the CNTs are successively bent by

the penetration of the indentor. The reported results are values of the effective bending

modulus ranging from 0.91 to 1.24 TPa and effective axial modulus values between 0.9

and 1.23 TPa. Also, the CNTs wall modulus was found to vary between 4.14 and 5.61 TPa.

Page 63: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

32

In the literature it is possible to find vast information on the mechanical properties of

CNTs obtained from both experimental and theoretical studies. However, the values are

very spread in the reported works. Table 2.2 summarizes the values of elastic modulus and

tensile strength for both SWCNTs and MWCNTs, also similarly presented by Thostenson

et al. [2.77] on their research work.

Table 2.2: Elastic modulus and tensile strength values of both SWCNTs and MWCNTs, more

frequently referenced in the literature [2.77].

Experimental measurements

Method Elastic

modulus (TPa)

Tensile

strength (GPa) Type of CNTs

TEM - Thermal vibration of beam [2.43] 1.8 - MWCNTs

TEM - Direct tension [2.75] 0.91 150 MWCNTs

TEM - Electrostatic deflection [2.78] 0.1 – 1 - MWCNTs

AFM - 1 end clamped, bending [2.41] 1.28 28.5 MWCNTs

AFM - 2 ends clamped, tensile

[2.79, 2.80] 0.81 - SWCNTs

AFM - lateral force mode [2.80] - 45 SWCNTs

Dual AFM cantilevers [2.70] 0.27 – 0.95 11 – 63 MWCNTs

[2.81] 0.32 – 1.47 13 – 52 SWCNTs

Nanoindentation [2.76] 0.9 – 1.23 - MWCNTs

Theoretical calculations

Empirical lattice mechanics [2.68] 0.97 - MWCNTs

Ab initio [2.82] 1.0 - SWCNTs

Molecular structural mechanics [2.83] 1.05 - SWCNTs

Pin-jointed truss model [2.84] 0.68 - SWCNTs

Molecular mechanics simulation [2.85] - 93 – 112 SWCNTs

Molecular dynamics simulation [2.86] - 150 SWCNTs

Page 64: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

33

2.2.3 Carbon nanotubes growth techniques

CNTs are produced using a wide diversity of techniques, but there are three main methods

that have been developed to synthesize nanotubes, such as arc discharge

[2.34, 2.35, 2.87-2.89], laser ablation [2.36, 2.90-2.92] and chemical vapor deposition

(CVD) [2.93-2.96].

Arc discharge method was the first accessible technique to produce both SWCNTs

and MWCNTs, the same method used to produce fullerene molecules [2.97]. This

production technique is based on an electric arc discharge created between two graphite

electrodes, at high temperature and under an inert atmosphere of helium or argon [2.98].

Both electrodes are maintained at a distance sufficiently small (< 1 mm) and when voltage

is applied, a discharge occurs. Thus, after carbon sublimation the positive electrode is

consumed. This mechanism is maintained by continuously moving the anode towards the

cathode, in order to preserve a constant distance between them. The synthesis of SWCNTs

or MWCNTs depends on the material that is introduced into the hollow anode. By filling

the anode with metal powder, typically iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), carbon (C), cobalt (Co) and

yttrium (Y) at appropriate mix, SWCNTs will be synthesized. Otherwise, without metal

powder inside the hollow anode, MWCNTs are synthesized when the arc discharge is

generated. Figure 2.10 illustrates an arc discharge apparatus to obtain different carbon

substances using this technique, that can be classified into SWCNTs, MWCNTs,

amorphous carbon, graphite, carbon nanoparticles, etc. [2.99].

Figure 2.10: Schematic representation of an arc discharge apparatus for the synthesis of different

carbon structures (Adapted from [2.100]).

Page 65: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

34

Laser ablation technique is based on the same mechanism as arc discharge, but now

the energy is supplied by a laser hitting a solid disk of graphite holding catalyst materials,

typically Ni or Co. Historically, laser ablation was the first method used to create fullerene

clusters in the gas phase [2.101]. A solid disk of graphite is placed inside a quartz tube,

mounted in a furnace at controlled temperature (Figure 2.11). Using a focused pulsed or

continuous laser, the carbon is vaporized from the surface of a graphite target into a high

density helium or argon flow. After vaporization, the carbon species produced are scanned

by the flowing gas from the region at high temperature and deposited on a conical

water-cooled copper collector. Similarly to the arc discharge method, SWCNTs and

MWCNTs can be obtained by the laser ablation technique. MWCNTs are synthesized

when a pure graphite target is used in the process [2.102]. On the other hand, when a small

quantity of transition metal is added to the carbon target, SWCNTs are synthesized [2.103].

Figure 2.11: Schematic representation of a laser ablation reactor (Adapted from [2.104]).

At the moment, arc discharge and laser ablation produces a small amount of CNTs.

Also, both techniques present significant limitations, such as the high costs associated to

the large production of CNTs, the high temperatures involved in the process and the

limited source of carbon, restricting the amount of CNTs that can be produced.

CVD technique is the most common used method to produce CNTs in very large

quantities at relatively low costs and low temperatures, comparatively to the arc discharge

and laser ablation techniques. The CVD method consists in a system that involves the

heating of a substrate inside an oven and the addition of a carbon source gas, in which a

Page 66: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

35

hydrocarbon vapor is thermally decomposed in the presence of a metal catalyst at high

temperatures (from 500 ºC to 900 ºC). In this method, the catalyst precursors may be used

in any state (solid, liquid or gas) and permits the use of different substrates, allowing the

growth of CNTs in a diversity of forms, such as powder, films, aligned or entangled,

straight or coiled, or a whished geometry previously defined on a patterned substrate.

CNTs synthesis by CVD method is well reviewed by Kumar and Ando [2.105]. CNTs

grow over the catalyst and are collected upon cooling the system to room temperature. The

catalyst substrate is placed in the hot zone of the furnace to catalyze CNTs growth and the

decomposed carbon species of the hydrocarbon are assumed to dissolve in the metal

nanoparticles. Then, after carbon supersaturation in the metal it precipitates out in the form

of a carbon cylinder. Figure 2.12 shows a schematic diagram of CVD process, using a

furnace with resistive heater as energy source to decompose the catalyst precursor and to

heat the sample.

Figure 2.12: Schematic diagram of the CVD apparatus (Adapted from [2.106]).

The growth mechanism of CNTs is not exactly known and it is still a subject of

controversy. However, there are many experimental and theoretical studies as attempts of

explaining the way in which CNTs are formed [2.107-2.111], and more recently, in situ

high-resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM) was used for observation of

the growth process of CNTs [2.112-2.116]. Sinnott et al. [2.117] proposed a model to

account for the catalyzed growth of CNTs by CVD process and that consists in two main

growth models, as schematically represented in Figure 2.13.

Page 67: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

36

Figure 2.13: Tip-growth model and base-growth model of CNT growth mechanism [2.105].

Depending on the contact angle between the catalyst and substrate, and therefore the

interaction forces between them, the growth mechanism can be tip-growth model or

base-growth model. In the first case, where the catalyst-substrate interaction is weak, the

hydrocarbon decomposes on the top of the metal and the CNT lifts the catalyst from the

substrate during the growth (step i). If the top of catalyst is open for new hydrocarbon

decomposition, CNT nucleates and still grows below the catalyst (step ii). The growth

process will stopped when the catalyst is entirely covered with excess carbon (step iii). In

the second model, where the catalyst-substrate interaction is strong, the hydrocarbon

decomposition occurs in a similar way to the tip-growth method. However, the nanotube

grows above the catalyst, which remains attached to the substrate [2.105].

The production of SWCNTs or MWCNTs is controlled by the size of catalyst

particles [2.118]. Also, the growth temperature plays an important role for CNTs synthesis.

Commonly, the use of low temperatures (600 – 900 ºC) during the CVD process promotes

the growth of MWCNTs while higher temperatures (900 – 1200 ºC) favor the growth of

Page 68: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

37

SWCNTs. The hydrocarbons used in the process also influence the type of CNTs that will

be synthesized. MWCNTs can be grown from most hydrocarbons as acetylene (C2H2),

ethylene (C2H4), benzene (C6H6), etc., while SWCNTs just grow from some types of

hydrocarbons, such as carbon monoxide (CO), methane (CH4), etc. [2.119-2.123].

Concerning the catalysts for CNTs growth, the most frequently used are the transition

metals (such as Fe, Co, Ni) mainly due to the high solubility of carbon in these transition

metals at high temperatures [2.106].

2.3 Aligned CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

Polymers are versatile materials that can be processed more quickly than ceramics and

metals. However, in spite of certain advantages associated to their unique properties,

polymers are not so strong or stiff, which make them inadequate for many engineering

applications [2.124-2.127]. For this reason, there is a permanent investigation towards new

polymer-based materials with enhanced properties (mechanical, electrical, etc.), and

reinforcement of polymer materials through the use of different kinds of organic and

inorganic fillers has been used around the world.

The fabrication of PDMS-based devices is relatively simple with low costs involved

and since PDMS preserves its flexibility and elasticity under a large range of temperatures,

it has been proposed for flexible device applications. However, given that most of the

flexible applications (e.g., implantable medical devices, flexible displays, tactile sensors,

etc.) require electrical conduction in addition to flexibility provided by PDMS,

reinforcement of the PDMS [2.128] or the deposition of thin films [2.129] in order to

provide electrical properties and/or enhance the mechanical performance are desirable. The

most commonly used fillers in PDMS are silica, carbon black and metal particles, but

non-spherical fillers, such as fibers, have also been used. The reinforcing qualities of these

fillers have been widely demonstrated in the literature. However, considerably high filler

loading was necessary to achieve high mechanical properties. In addition, the filler

particles tend to agglomerate and as result, the final material is quite inhomogeneous. In

fact, dispersion is possibly the most fundamental issue for effective reinforcement and to

achieve efficient load transfer to the CNTs network.

Page 69: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

38

CNTs are an excellent candidate as reinforcement material in polymeric materials for

multi-functional property enhancement (mechanical, electrical, etc.) due to their

exceptional physical properties and low density, particularly if the properties can be

tailored anisotropically via aligning the CNTs ‘fibers’. It comes without surprise that

CNTs-based nanocomposites have been receiving a lot of attention [2.130].

Numerous studies available in the literature have focused in the characterization of

nanocomposites obtained by dispersing CNTs in a polymeric matrix [2.131-2.133]. Many

of those studies used CNTs to reinforce polymer films [2.134, 2.135] in order to improve

not only the mechanical properties of the polymer, but also to increase many other

properties compared to the neat polymer and to carbon-fiber reinforced nanocomposites

[2.136], such as electrical properties of interest in this thesis. Review articles have

highlighted percolation theory in the area of polymer nanocomposites [2.137, 2.138] and a

review article solely on this topic has appeared [2.56]. Furthermore, several techniques

have been developed to embed CNTs into a polymer film, such as calendering and

sonication to disperse the CNTs into the neat polymer [2.139, 2.140]. Different

characterizations techniques used to evaluate the mechanical performance of

nanocomposites films revealed that a good dispersion, alignment of CNTs and a good

adhesion between the polymer matrix and the CNTs are the three main issues that

influence the mechanical performance of the nanocomposites [2.141-2.143].

Aligned carbon nanotubes (A-CNTs) were first reported by Thess et al. [2.36] in

1996 and in the same year, vertically A-CNTs were successfully grown by CVD technique.

El-Aguizy et al. [2.144] demonstrated a process developed to produce nanopellets,

requiring the length control of individual CNTs, its alignment and position within a

microscale block of polymer. With the recent optimization in vertically A-CNTs growth,

there are opportunities for new materials and applications since CNTs/Polymer-based

nanocomposites properties are enhanced by this morphology that organizes the CNTs

along a common direction [2.145-2.147]. Also, a controlled growth of vertically A-CNTs

allows developing a wide range of smart materials and advanced devices. Review articles

on this topic was presented by Chen et al. [2.148] and Liu et al. [2.149].

Experimental results on polymer nanocomposites (PNCs) using CNTs reported in

literature have shown that the mechanical properties of PNCs have varied from almost no

Page 70: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

39

changes [2.150] to moderate increases on tensile strength [2.151-2.154], decreases in

toughness [2.155] and electrical conductivities of about 2 S.m-1

at 1 wt % of CNTs in

epoxy matrices (with a percolation threshold of 0.0025 wt %) [2.156]. A common reported

problem is the difficulty to fully disperse and align the CNTs in the polymers, reason why

it is difficult to achieve optimal property improvements [2.78, 2.157, 2.158].

Most of the studies reported using CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites, use CNTs or

A-CNTs mixed with pristine PDMS through magnetic stirring. Wu et al. [2.158] reported

an elastic modulus of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites ranging from 1.71 MPa to 2.34 MPa,

for different weight percentage of CNTs. Specifically, for 1 wt % of CNTs they found an

elastic modulus of 1.71 MPa while the elastic modulus of pure PDMS was 1.65 MPa.

Dyke et al. [2.159] found that the tensile modulus and strength are significantly increased

on their PDMS composites with functionalized SWCNTs, while the strain at break remains

unchangeable when compared with the pure PDMS.

Zhang et al. [2.160] developed a transparent stretchable conductor embedding

aligned MWCNTs ribbons in a PDMS matrix, in order to investigate the nanocomposite

behaviour by measuring the dependence of resistance on the tensile strain. They obtained a

CNTs/PDMS film that showed exceptional resistance characteristics in stretching/releasing

cycles. Lu et al. [2.161] prepared nanocomposites of MWCNTs and PDMS at different

filler concentrations in order to study the electromechanical and piezoresistance properties

of the nanocomposite. The authors found that the gauge factor (GF) varies from 1.38 to

12.4, and it is dependent on the content of CNTs. Also, for the content of 18 wt % CNTs in

the PDMS matrix, the Young’s modulus was found to be about 4.49 MPa at the initial

stage. Ahir et al. [2.162] used MWCNTs embedded in a PDMS matrix to study the

reversible photo-mechanical actuation of the composites under infrared (IR) light

irradiation. The results showed that the PDMS have no response to near IR radiation, but

the presence of CNTs causes a strong reversible response. Also, the resulting composited

showed the capacity to change their actuation direction from expansive to contractive

response which can be controlled by the degree of alignment of the CNTs. A similar work

was performed by Lu and Panchapakesan [2.163] to study the photomechanical response

of different combinations of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. All tested configurations

revealed structural expansion in response to the light under small pre-strains. Otherwise,

under large pre-strains, the samples showed structural contraction in response to the light.

Page 71: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

40

Liu and Choi [2.164] presented a novel approach to embed conductive PDMS

composite patterns into a bulk elastomer, using microcontact printing and casting mold

techniques. The PDMS samples with embedded conductive and flexible patterns

demonstrated outstanding mechanical flexibility. In addition, the authors developed a strain

gauge to prove the feasibility of their approach. The results showed significant and

consistent resistance change under different tensile strains and over multiple cycles of

measurements.

More recently, Misra et al. [2.165] developed a light weight material composed by

alternated layers of PDMS and A-CNTs arrays. The characterization results demonstrate

that multilayer structures were capable to sustain large compressive deformations

(up to ~ 0.8 strain) with almost complete recovery.

Nevertheless, research on CNTs composites has concentrated largely in the

characterization of CNTs/Polymers composites, where the SWCNTs/MWCNTs are

dispersed or mixed within the polymeric matrix. The work presented in this thesis uses

controlled vertically A-CNTs embedded in a flexible substrate of PDMS and the resultant

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films are used to fabricate flexible pressure sensors.

2.4 Sensors and actuators based on carbon nanotubes

There have been efforts to develop smart materials aiming a wide range of different

applications. These materials hold properties that can be changed, in a reversible mode, by

an external condition, such as light, temperature, pressure or electricity. The structural and

electrical properties of CNTs make them attractive materials to develop a new class of

smart materials for actuation and sensing applications.

The first actuator made of CNTs was a macro-scale sheet of nanotubes denominated

as buckypaper [2.166-2.168], which is composed of highly entangled SWCNTs bundles

with a high sensitivity to strain in the linear bending range. Nonetheless, the slippage

between the SWCNTs bundles affects efficient shear transfer for smart structures

applications. In 2005, Yun et al. [2.169] developed an actuator with improved properties

for structural applications, by constructing and testing a SWCNTs-epoxy ply material that

has electrochemical actuation properties. The results showed that the epoxy-based actuator

Page 72: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

41

has a higher elastic modulus and strength, compared to the buckypaper tape actuators.

Riemenschneider [2.170] performed experimental laboratory work in order to better

understand the general characteristics of CNTs-based actuators. SWCNTs were used to

produce a buckypaper and its electrochemical behaviour was assessed by using cyclic

voltammetry. For the electromechanical study, both liquid and solid electrolytes were used

for the tests.

First studies for strain sensing using CNTs were performed by Raman spectroscopy.

However, this technique did not demonstrate to be practical for engineering applications

due to its complexity [2.171-2.173]. Kang et al. [2.174] developed a SWCNTs/PMMA

(polymethylmethacrylate) composite sensor in order to improve the strain transfer

capabilities. The results showed an improvement of the adhesion between nanotubes,

mainly because of the stronger polymer interfacial bonding, but a lower sensitivity than the

buckypaper sensor. In addition, the sensor demonstrated a good response under static and

dynamic strain. Chang et al. [2.175] demonstrated a fabrication technique to produce high

sensitivity flexible strain sensors at room temperature. In the process, suspended SWCNTs

are transferred from a silicon wafer to a flexible substrate that already has pre-etched

trench and electrodes. The mechanical bending tests showed that the strain sensor reaches a

high strain resolution of 0.004 %. The piezoresistive gauge factor was found to be 269,

higher than the typical metal strain gauges (1-5).

The nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS) field has raised a significant interest

because of its potential to develop high sensitivity and low power sensing devices.

Hierold et al. [2.176] reviewed different transducer concepts and demonstrators of NEMS

sensors based on CNTs. Also, the authors developed a concept for a nanoscale force

sensor, using suspended SWCNTs-based cantilever structure and a membrane-based

structure. An atomic force microscope (AFM) was used to deflect the cantilever-based

structure. Electrical measurements of the resistance of the SWCNTs under mechanical load

demonstrated a considerable and reversible increase of the nanotubes’ resistance.

Polymer-based composites are also an attractive option in developing large and flexible

sensors. Knite et al. [2.177] presented the design, elaboration and study of polyisoprene

and MWCNTs composites for application in strain sensors. The polyisoprene composites

containing dispersed MWCNTs were prepared using a solution method to produce the film

and samples were used to study the deformation and dependence of electrical resistance.

Page 73: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

42

Results demonstrated that the polyisoprene matrix with embedded MWCNTs provided

about 4 orders of magnitude of nonreversible change in the electric resistivity at large

stretch (40 %) and it is more suitable for small tensile strain sensing. Vemuru et al. [2.178]

used a MWCNTs film to study its real-time strain response at macroscale under tensile

load and real-time voltage change as a function of temperature. The obtained results

showed that the MWCNTs film used as a strain sensor at the macroscale was very

promising. There was a linear relationship between the change of voltage across the

MWCNTs film and the applied strain. A good response of the film during both loading and

unloading tests was also observed. The temperature effects on the samples, even though

having limited responses, seemed to have an excellent predictable response to changes in

temperature.

Prototypes sensors based on SWCNTs for measuring parameters related to vehicle

structural health were presented by Watkins et al. [2.179]. The proposed sensors were

fabricated using established lithographic techniques to pattern electrodes on silicon and

flexible plastic substrates and then, SWCNTs were placed and aligned between the

electrodes, generating electrical bridges. Preliminary results using an AFM showed that the

conductance through a SWCNT can change with the applied strain. Tests on these sensors

were still under way when this work was being prepared.

Loh et al. [2.180] developed a new thin film strain sensor for structural monitoring,

as an attempt to overcome some limitations revealed by the existing foil-based strain

gauges. The fabrication technique to produce the strain sensor uses SWCNTs and diverse

polyelectrolytes, combined in a layer-by-layer assembly method. To test the strain sensor,

the monotonic tensile test and the four-point bending test were used. The first method

proved that the composite thin films had good sensing capabilities and therefore, a great

promise for strain sensing. The results of the four-point bending test suggested that the

composite thin film correlates well with the change in resistance of the reference gauge.

A more recent work performed by Alexopoulos et al. [2.181] presents a method to

fabricate composite materials for structural health monitoring purposes. CNT fibers were

embedded into samples of glass fiber reinforced polymers, in order to obtain

simultaneously the response of the composite to mechanical loading and its sensing

capability through electrical resistance change in the CNT fiber. To assess the composite

Page 74: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

43

materials, tensile tests with various incremental loading-unloading loops and three-point

bending tests were performed. Tensile tests demonstrated that the CNT fiber works for

sensing tension while the three-point bending tests showed that the CNT fiber works for

tension and compression loadings. Kessler et al. [2.182] built advanced

fiber-reinforced polymer-matrix laminates with A-CNTs grown in-situ coupled with a

non-invasive sensing technique. The fabricated CNTs-enhanced composites were patterned

with a silver ink electrode grid and subjected to impact damage. The first results on

electrical resistance measurements for both in-plane and through thickness demonstrated

the potential of using their proposed approach.

Currently available literature exhibited a vast amount of information related to

sensors and CNTs. However, this section intended to demonstrate some developments

focused on smart materials based on CNTs with potential to improve the existent smart

materials in different areas, but mainly sensors with multi-functional electronic

applications. It is expected that the continuous development and improvement of

CNTs-based materials will generate innovative smart composite material that can be

widely used in different areas of application.

2.5 Biocompatibility of PDMS and CNTs materials: perspectives of their

application in medical implants

Biocompatibility plays an important role in the development of medical devices for

diagnostic or treatment applications. In general, medical devices consist of a diversity of

materials, whose effect in the human body may vary depending on its application and use

frequency (daily life, non-invasive and invasive). Biocompatibility of medical devices

depends not only of the application in the human body (for external or internal use), but is

also influenced by its fabrication process [2.183].

There are sets of international standards, namely the ISO 10993, which is composed

of a series of standards for assessing the biocompatibility of a medical device. Depending

of the medical device purpose, a large number of tests should be done, such as tests on

toxicity, carcinogenicity (the ability or tendency to produce cancer), hemocompatibility

(the compatibility of a material with the blood), etc., where some of these tests are just

in vitro tests but others need animal experiments. In general, the standard distinguishes the

Page 75: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

44

contact with a human body as surface devices (contact with the skin), external

communicating devices (indirect contact) and implantable devices (direct contact with the

tissue, bone ore blood) [2.184].

All implantable materials have intrinsic morphological, chemical, and electrical

surface properties which can cause reactionary responses from the involving biological

environment. Thus, there are some considerable barriers that should be surpassed to allow

these materials to be broadly used in the medical industry by demonstrating its safety and

efficacy for use in implantable applications.

Biocompatibility is a term used to describe how a material interacts with a biological

substance and, in 1987 the term was redefined as a materials’ “ability to perform with an

appropriate host response in a specific situation” [2.185]. Usually, this term is employed to

describe implantable materials for long-term contact with a biological system, although it

can also be used for short period interaction with biological substances in vitro. A review

by Williams [2.186] analyzed over 50 years of experience with implantable medical

devices, with main focus in the biocompatibility of such devices for long-term interactions

with the tissues of the human body. According to his study, Table 2.3 contains a summary

of the state-of-the-art in materials’ selection for long-term implantable medical devices.

With respect to polymers, PDMS is possibly the most studied implantable

biomaterial and assessed by Jewrajka et al. [2.187] as being biostable and biocompatible.

Several studies regarding biological interactions with PDMS have proven its feasibility for

use in biological systems.

Keough et al. [2.188] performed in vitro hemocompatibility tests in order to assess

the compatibility of PDMS with different blood components. The results have shown that

PDMS has small platelet accumulation comparatively to other common used biomaterials,

such as polyethylene (PE) and DacronTM

(brand name of polyethylene terephthalate),

suggesting their potential use as coatings for vascular graft materials. A similar study

proposed by Ziats et al. [2.189] reveals that PDMS presented two times less protein

adsorption than DacronTM

, which is an important factor to avoid possible pro-inflammatory

secretions, given that proteins adhere in seconds to any material in contact with the blood

and consequently affects any analysis device.

Lee et al. [2.190] presented a study on the influence of the composition of PDMS,

because not only the mechanical and physical properties are affected by the proportion of

Page 76: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

45

cross-linking in a PDMS sample, but it also influences the biocompatibility of PDMS. The

authors produced PDMS substrates having three different ratios of base and curing agent

(10:1, 10:3 and 10:0.5 w/w) and examined the attachment and growth of different kinds of

mammalian cells on PDMS. Results shown that different combinations of base and curing

agent affect cells attachment and growth for certain cell types. Also, they have foreseen

that most types of cells would be biocompatible with PDMS synthesized at normal (10:1)

or lower than normal (10:0.5) ratio of base to curing agent, and normal PDMS that had

been extracted to remove uncross-linked materials. In addition, results confirmed that the

stiffness of the PDMS samples did not influence the attachment and growth of cell, for

every cell types.

Table 2.3: Summary of materials’ selection for long-term implantable medical devices [2.186].

Material Applications

Titanium alloys Dental implants, femoral stems, pacemaker cans, heart valves,

fracture plates, spinal cages

Cobalt-chromium alloys Bearing surfaces, heart valves, stents, pacemaker leads

Platinum group alloys Electrodes

Nitinol Shape memory applications

Stainless steel Stents, orthopedic implants

Alumina Bearing surfaces

Calcium phosphates Bioactive surfaces, bone substitutes

Carbon Heart valves

UHMW polyethylene Bearing surfaces

PEEK Spinal cages

PMMA Bone cement, intraocular lenses

Silicones Soft tissue augmentation, insulating leads, ophthalmological

devices

Polyurethane Pacemaker lead insulation

Expanded PTFE Vascular grafts, heart valves

Polyester textile Vascular grafts, heart valves

SIBS* Drug eluting stent coating

* Poly(styrene-block-isobutylene-block-styrene)

Page 77: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

46

The physical and chemical properties of CNTs have raised great expectations for

several applications, with large potential in the field of medicine for therapeutic and

diagnostic applications. However, concerns regarding the biocompatibility, toxicity and

safety have limited their applications.

Some works have been demonstrating that after certain purification and

functionalization processes, pure CNTs can be transformed into functionalized CNTs with

distinct surface properties. Bianco et al. [2.191] highlights recent advances on the design of

biocompatible and biodegradable functionalized CNTs. In summary, the authors refer that

biocompatibility of CNTs can be obtained through their surface functionalization by

introducing hydrophobic functional groups that makes CNTs less biologically reactive and

biodegradability can also be obtained by chemical functionalization, in order to introduce

structural imperfections that will let oxidative enzymes degrade CNTs.

Numerous biological and biomedical applications for CNTs have been proposed

including ultra-sensitive biosensors for glucose and DNA, nanocomposites for neural

orthopedic devices, drug and vaccine delivery systems and biomaterials [2.192, 2.193].

Pyrolytic carbon, which is similar to graphite but with some covalent bonding

between its graphene sheets, produced using special CVD processes, has been used in

biomedical implants and coatings, mainly in the fabrication of heart valves prostheses.

Studies demonstrated outstanding biocompatibility properties of this material

[2.194, 2.195] and also excellent blood compatibility of pyrolytic carbon heart valves

[2.196]. Another existing carbon biomaterial is diamond-like carbon (DLC), also used as

coatings for orthopedic and cardiovascular applications. In vitro tests reported significant

improvements in biocompatibility of DLC coatings in intracoronary stents when compared

to uncoated stainless steel stents [2.197, 2.198]. Moreover, in vivo experiments of DLC

coatings for orthopedic applications showed no adverse effects on the parameters under

analysis [2.199]. Dowling et al. [2.200] studied the biocompatibility of DLC-coated

stainless steel implants into both cortical bone and muscular tissue of sheep. Both in vitro

and in vivo test showed that DLC coatings are biocompatible and a significant reduction in

the level of wear of hip implants.

Studies on pure CNTs and chemically functionalized CNTs reported a positive

impact on neuronal cells growth [2.201] and no cytotoxicity effect [2.202], suggesting the

Page 78: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

47

biocompatibility of CNTs as substrates for neurons. Pantarotto et al. [2.203] have used

functionalized SWCNTs to develop a vaccine delivery device by linking covalently a

neutralizing peptide from the foot and mouth disease virus to the side-wall of purified

SWCNTs. In vivo studies demonstrated that there was no cross reactivity to the CNTs,

opening possibilities for their use in vaccine delivery applications.

Existing information indicate that functionalized CNTs for drug or vaccine delivery

applications demonstrate lower toxicity compared to unmodified CNTs. However, a small

number of in vivo toxicity studies have been dedicated to this issue. Despite some

inconclusive studies, carbon-based biomaterials have shown some potential long-term

biocompatibility and potential for biomedical applications [2.204-2.211].

The added value of CNTs applications to medical area is incontestable. However,

there is still a long way to go in order for this material to become widely accepted as safe

and feasible for diagnosis and treatment purposes. A lot of work has yet to be done

concerning the long-term outcomes and consequences of this material on human health.

Also, novel methods of production and purification of CNTs should be investigated, in

order to fabricate cost-effective and affordable implantable sensors that compete with the

existing ones.

2.6 Summary

CNTs have a unique atomic structure and properties, such as high aspect ratio, high

strength-to-weight, exceptional mechanical properties and superior thermal and electrical

properties. However, the properties of CNTs depend on physical characteristics such as

diameter, chirality and wall purity.

The low density and remarkable properties of CNTs make them an attractive filler

material in polymer nanocomposites. Despite some promising results found with their

incorporation, improvements have been limited by various processing issues. It is essential

to control the embedment of CNTs into polymer matrices, since the processing steps of

CNTs mixture and matrix cure can have a huge influence on resulting nanocomposite

properties. However, most commonly in the case of CNTs/polymer nanocomposites, CNTs

are just simply mixed into polymer matrices, and van der Waals forces between

Page 79: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

48

CNTs avoid good dispersion. Also, the CNTs are only able to reinforce the matrix if the

adhesion between the CNTs and polymer is strong enough to facilitate load transfer.

An alternative solution to overcome difficulties in dispersing CNTs into polymer

substrates is to incorporate as-grown CNTs into the neat polymer matrices. The good

orientation of CNTs allows obtaining CNTs/polymer nanocomposites with higher

mechanical reinforcement and electrical conductivity, while controlling the alignment of

CNTs towards the pre-determined direction.

From the results reported in the literature, CNTs are promising for fabrication of both

structural and functional nanocomposites that can be widely used in several fields, such as

in the fabrications of electrical and biomedical devices.

Regarding the use of CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites for biomedical implants, the

published literature revealed many unanswered questions. Biological safety is the most

important factor when considering the medical application of CNTs as biomaterials. In

general, toxicity studies of CNTs did not find any significant respiratory inflammation or

change of the pulmonary function, but the toxicity of nanoparticles depends on particular

physiochemical and environmental factors. Also, unmodified MWCNTs demonstrated no

carcinogenic effects in animal experiments. Finally, some studies have shown that an

appropriate functionalization method can increase the biocompatibility of CNTs. They

seem to be a valuable option when considering biomedical applications, where the use of

CNTs in drug delivery, detection and tissue engineering has shown potentials for many

future advances.

Page 80: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

49

References

[2.1] K. A. Shaikh, K. S. Ryu, E. D. Goluch, J.-M. Nam, J. Liu, C. S. Thaxton, T. N.

Chiesl, A. E. Barron, Y. Lu, C. A. Mirkin, and C. Liu, “A modular microfluidic

architecture for integrated biochemical analysis,” Proceedings of the National

Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, vol. 102, no. 28,

pp. 9745–9750, Jul. 2005.

[2.2] J. Kuncová-Kallio and P. J. Kallio, “PDMS and its suitability for analytical

microfluidic devices,” Conference Proceedings: Annual International

Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society. IEEE

Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society. Conference, vol. 1,

pp. 2486–2489, Jan. 2006.

[2.3] H. Allcock, F. L. Deceased, and J. Mark, Contemporary Polymer Chemistry, 3rd

ed. Prentice Hall, 2003, p. 832.

[2.4] P.-A. Albouy, “The conformation of poly(dimethylsiloxane) in the crystalline

state,” Polymer, vol. 41, no. 8, pp. 3083–3086, Apr. 2000.

[2.5] P. R. Sundararajan, “Crystalline morphology of poly(dimethylsiloxane),”

Polymer, vol. 43, no. 5, pp. 1691–1693, Mar. 2002.

[2.6] B. S. Abhinkar, “Modeling and development of fabrication method for embedding

membrane based microvalve in bulk microfluidic device,” Oregon State

University: Oregon, 2007.

[2.7] M. Liu, “A customer programmable microfluidic system,” University of Central

Florida: Florida, 2008.

[2.8] M. G. Voronkov, Y. A. Yuzhelevskii, and V. P. Mileshkevich, “The Siloxane

Bond and Its Influence on the Structure and Physical Properties of Organosilicon

Compounds,” Russian Chemical Reviews, vol. 44, no. 4, pp. 355–372,

Apr. 1975.

[2.9] A. V. Tobolsky, “Properties and structure of polymers,” in Wiley series on the

science and technology of materials, Wiley: New York, 1960, p. 331.

[2.10] M. J. Owen, “Why silicones behave funny,” Dow Corning Corporation, p. 11,

2005.

[2.11] S. J. Clarson, K. Dodgson, and J. A. Semlyen, “Studies of cyclic and linear

poly(dimethylsiloxanes): 19. Glass transition temperatures and crystallization

behaviour,” Polymer, vol. 26, no. 6, pp. 930–934, Jun. 1985.

Page 81: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

50

[2.12] G. Koley, J. Liu, M. W. Nomani, M. Yim, X. Wen, and T.-Y. Hsia, “Miniaturized

implantable pressure and oxygen sensors based on polydimethylsiloxane thin

films,” Materials Science & Engineering R: Reports, vol. 29, no. 3,

pp. 685–690, Apr. 2009.

[2.13] J. C. McDonald and G. M. Whitesides, “Poly(dimethylsiloxane) as a Material for

Fabricating Microfluidic Devices,” Accounts of Chemical Research, vol. 35,

no. 7, pp. 491–499, Jul. 2002.

[2.14] F. Schneider, J. Draheim, R. Kamberger, and U. Wallrabe, “Process and material

properties of polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) for Optical MEMS,” Sensors

Actuators A: Physical, vol. 151, no. 2, pp. 95–99, Apr. 2009.

[2.15] R. Hamdan, “Electric field study of silicon rubber insulator using finite element

method (SLIM),” Universiti Teknologi Malaysia: Malaysia, 2006.

[2.16] E. Boscaini, M. L. Alexander, P. Prazeller, and T. D. Märk, “Investigation of

fundamental physical properties of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) membrane

using a proton transfer reaction mass spectrometer (PTRMS),” International

Journal of Mass Spectrometry, vol. 239, no. 2–3, pp. 179–186, Dec. 2004.

[2.17] J. Swanson and F. Dall, “On the dielectric strength of synthetic electrical

insulating materials,” IEEE Transactions on Electrical Insulation, vol. EI-12,

no. 2, pp. 142–146, Apr. 1977.

[2.18] R. Bartnikas, “Dielectric Loss in Insulating Liquids,” IEEE Transactions on

Electrical Insulation, vol. EI-2, no. 1, pp. 33–54, Apr. 1967.

[2.19] M. A. Osman, A. Atallah, M. Müller, and U. W. Suter, “Reinforcement of

poly(dimethylsiloxane) networks by mica flakes,” Polymer, vol. 42, no. 15,

pp. 6545–6556, Jul. 2001.

[2.20] L. Dewimille, B. Bresson, and L. Bokobza, “Synthesis, structure and morphology

of poly(dimethylsiloxane) networks filled with in situ generated silica particles,”

Polymer, vol. 46, no. 12, pp. 4135–4143, May 2005.

[2.21] Y. Zhao and X. Zhang, “Mechanical Properties Evolution of

Polydimethylsiloxane During Crosslinking Process,” MRS Proceedings,

vol. 975, Jan. 2006.

[2.22] J. C. Lötters, W. Olthuis, P. H. Veltink, and P. Bergveld, “The mechanical

properties of the rubber elastic polymer polydimethylsiloxane for sensor

applications,” Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering, vol. 7, no. 3,

pp. 145–147, 1997.

[2.23] T. J. Abram, “A PDMS Sample Pretreatment Device for the Optimization of

Electrokinetic manipulations of blood serum,” Faculty of California Polytechnic

State University: California, 2009.

Page 82: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

51

[2.24] A. Mata, A. J. Fleischman, and S. Roy, “Characterization of polydimethylsiloxane

(PDMS) properties for biomedical micro/nanosystems,” Biomedical

Microdevices, vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 281–293, Dec. 2005.

[2.25] K. Khanafer, A. Duprey, M. Schlicht, and R. Berguer, “Effects of strain rate,

mixing ratio, and stress-strain definition on the mechanical behavior of the

polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) material as related to its biological applications,”

Biomedical Microdevices, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 503–508, 2009.

[2.26] M. Liu and Q. Chen, “Characterization study of bonded and unbonded

polydimethylsiloxane aimed for bio-micro-electromechanical systems-related

applications,” Journal of Micro/Nanolithography, MEMS and MOEMS, vol. 6,

no. 2, p. 023008, Apr. 2007.

[2.27] D. C. Corporation., “Information about Dow Corning Silicone Encapsulants,”

Dow Corning Corporation. Form 10-898F-01, 2005.

[2.28] G. C. Lisensky, D. J. Campbell, K. J. Beckman, C. E. Calderon, P. W. Doolan,

and A. B. Ellis, “Replication and Compression of Surface Structures with

Polydimethylsiloxane Elastomer,” Journal of Chemical Education, vol. 76,

no. 4, p. 537, Apr. 1999.

[2.29] M. Liu, J. Sun, and Q. Chen, “Influences of heating temperature on mechanical

properties of polydimethylsiloxane,” Sensors and Actuators A: Physical,

vol. 151, no. 1, pp. 42–45, Apr. 2009.

[2.30] M. Liu, J. Sun, Y. Sun, C. Bock, and Q. Chen, “Thickness-dependent mechanical

properties of polydimethylsiloxane membranes,” Journal of Micromechanics

and Microengineering, vol. 19, no. 3, p. 035028, Mar. 2009.

[2.31] S. Iijima, “Helical microtubules of graphitic carbon,” Nature, vol. 354, no. 6348,

pp. 56–58, Nov. 1991.

[2.32] E. T. Thostenson, Z. Ren, and T.-W. Chou, “Advances in the science and

technology of carbon nanotubes and their composites: a review,” Composites

Science and Technology, vol. 61, no. 13, pp. 1899–1912, Oct. 2001.

[2.33] C. E. Hamilton and A. R. Barron, “Graphene,” Connexions, 2012. [Online].

Available: http://cnx.org/content/m29187/1.4/.

[2.34] S. Iijima and T. Ichihashi, “Single-shell carbon nanotubes of 1-nm diameter,”

Nature, vol. 363, no. 6430, pp. 603–605, Jun. 1993.

[2.35] D. S. Bethune, C. H. Klang, M. S. de Vries, G. Gorman, R. Savoy, J. Vazquez,

and R. Beyers, “Cobalt-catalysed growth of carbon nanotubes with

single-atomic-layer walls,” Nature, vol. 363, no. 6430, pp. 605–607, Jun. 1993.

Page 83: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

52

[2.36] A. Thess, R. Lee, P. Nikolaev, H. Dai, P. Petit, J. Robert, C. Xu, Y. Lee, S. Kim,

A. Rinzler, D. Colbert, G. Scuseria, D. Tomanek, J. Fischer, and R. Smalley,

“Crystalline Ropes of Metallic Carbon Nanotubes,” Science, vol. 273, no. 5274,

pp. 483–748, Jul. 1996.

[2.37] R. M. Reilly, “Carbon nanotubes: potential benefits and risks of nanotechnology

in nuclear medicine,” Journal of Nuclear Medicine, vol. 48, no. 7,

pp. 1039–1042, Jul. 2007.

[2.38] R. H. Baughman, A. A. Zakhidov, and W. A. de Heer, “Carbon nanotubes - the

route toward applications,” Science, vol. 297, no. 5582, pp. 787–792, Aug. 2002.

[2.39] A. K.-T. Lau and D. Hui, “The revolutionary creation of new advanced

materials - carbon nanotube composites,” Composites Part B: Engineering,

vol. 33, no. 4, pp. 263–277, Jun. 2002.

[2.40] M. Dresselhaus, G. Dresselhaus, and R. Saito, “Carbon fibers based on C60 and

their symmetry,” Physical Review B, vol. 45, no. 11, pp. 6234–6242, Mar. 1992.

[2.41] J. W. Mintmire and C. T. White, “Electronic and structural properties of carbon

nanotubes,” Carbon, vol. 33, no. 7, pp. 893–902, Jan. 1995.

[2.42] M. R. Falvo, G. J. Clary, R. M. Taylor, V. Chi, F. P. Brooks, S. Washburn, and R.

Superfine, “Bending and buckling of carbon nanotubes under large strain,”

Nature, vol. 389, no. 6651, pp. 582–584, 1997.

[2.43] C. Bower, R. Rosen, L. Jin, J. Han, and O. Zhou, “Deformation of carbon

nanotubes in nanotube - polymer composites,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 74,

no. 22, pp. 3317–3320, 1999.

[2.44] E. W. Wong, “Nanobeam Mechanics: Elasticity, Strength, and Toughness of

Nanorods and Nanotubes,” Science, vol. 277, no. 5334, pp. 1971–1975,

Sep. 1997.

[2.45] P. Chaturvedi, P. Verma, A. Singh, P. K. Chaudhary, Harsh, and P. K. Basu,

“Carbon Nanotube - Purification and Sorting Protocols,” Defence Science

Journal, vol. 58, no. 5. pp. 591–599, 01-Sep-2008.

[2.46] R. Saito, M. Fujita, G. Dresselhaus, and M. S. Dresselhaus, “Electronic structure

of chiral graphene tubules,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 60, no. 18,

pp. 2204–2206, May 1992.

[2.47] D. Mann, A. Javey, J. Kong, Q. Wang, and H. Dai, “Ballistic transport in metallic

nanotubes with reliable Pd ohmic contacts,” Nano Letters, vol. 3, no. 11,

pp. 1541 – 1544, 2003.

Page 84: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

53

[2.48] S. J. Tans, M. H. Devoret, H. Dai, A. Thess, R. E. Smalley, L. J. Geerligs, and C.

Dekker, “Individual single-wall carbon nanotubes as quantum wires,” Nature,

vol. 386, no. 6624, pp. 474–477, Apr. 1997.

[2.49] R. Martel, T. Schmidt, H. R. Shea, T. Hertel, and P. Avouris, “Single- and

multi-wall carbon nanotube field-effect transistors,” Applied Physics Letters,

vol. 73, no. 17, pp. 2447–2249, 1998.

[2.50] J. Kong, E. Yenilmez, T. W. Tombler, W. Kim, H. Dai, R. B. Laughlin, L. Liu, C.

S. Jayanthi, and S. Y. Wu, “Quantum interference and ballistic transmission in

nanotube electron waveguides,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 87, no. 10,

p. 106801, Sep. 2001.

[2.51] M. F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, 3rd ed.

Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 2005, p. 603.

[2.52] N. Yamamoto, “Multi-scale electrical and thermal properties of aligned multi-

walled carbon nanotubes and their composites,” Massachusetts Institute of

Technology, 2011.

[2.53] S. Song, X. Wang, R. Chang, and J. Ketterson, “Electronic properties of graphite

nanotubules from galvanomagnetic effects,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 72,

no. 5, pp. 697–700, Jan. 1994.

[2.54] W. A. Deheer, W. S. Bacsa, A. Châtelain, T. Gerfin, R. Humphrey-Baker,

L. Forro, and D. Ugarte, “Aligned carbon nanotube films: production and optical

and electronic properties,” Science, vol. 268, no. 5212, pp. 845–847, May 1995.

[2.55] G. Baumgartner, M. Carrard, L. Zuppiroli, W. Bacsa, W. A. de Heer, and

L. Forró, “Hall effect and magnetoresistance of carbon nanotube films,”

Physical Review B, vol. 55, no. 11, pp. 6704–6707, Mar. 1997.

[2.56] W. Bauhofer and J. Z. Kovacs, “A review and analysis of electrical percolation in

carbon nanotube polymer composites,” Composites Science and Technology,

vol. 69, no. 10, pp. 1486–1498, Aug. 2009.

[2.57] S. Berber, Y. Kwon, and D. Tomanek, “Unusually high thermal conductivity of

carbon nanotubes,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 84, no. 20, pp. 4613–4616,

May 2000.

[2.58] M. A. Osman and D. Srivastava, “Temperature dependence of the thermal

conductivity of single-wall carbon nanotubes,” Nanotechnology, vol. 12, no. 1,

pp. 21–24, 2001.

[2.59] Y. Gu and Y. Chen, “Thermal conductivities of single-walled carbon nanotubes

calculated from the complete phonon dispersion relations,” Physical Review B,

vol. 76, no. 13, p. 134110, Oct. 2007.

Page 85: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

54

[2.60] S. Maruyama, “A molecular dynamics simulation of heat conduction in finite

length SWNTs,” Physica B: Condensed Matter, vol. 323, no. 1–4, pp. 193–195,

Oct. 2002.

[2.61] D. J. Yang, Q. Zhang, G. Chen, S. F. Yoon, J. Ahn, S. G. Wang, Q. Zhou,

Q. Wang, and J. Q. Li, “Thermal conductivity of multiwalled carbon nanotubes,”

Physical Review B, vol. 66, no. 16, p. 165440, 2002.

[2.62] P. Kim, L. Shi, A. Majumdar, and P. L. McEuen, “Thermal transport

measurements of individual multiwalled nanotubes,” Physical Review Letters,

vol. 87, no. 21, p. 215502, Nov. 2001.

[2.63] C. Yu, L. Shi, Z. Yao, D. Li, and A. Majumdar, “Thermal conductance and

thermopower of an individual single-wall carbon nanotube.,” Nano Letters,

vol. 5, no. 9, pp. 1842–1846, Sep. 2005.

[2.64] J. Hone, M. Whitney, C. Piskoti, and A. Zettl, “Thermal conductivity of single-

walled carbon nanotubes,” Physical Review B, vol. 59, no. 4, pp. R2514–R2516,

1999.

[2.65] J. P. Small, L. Shi, and P. Kim, “Mesoscopic thermal and thermoelectric

measurements of individual carbon nanotubes,” Solid State Communications,

vol. 127, no. 2, pp. 181–186, Jul. 2003.

[2.66] J. Hone, M. C. Llaguno, N. M. Nemes, A. T. Johnson, J. E. Fischer, D. A.

Walters, M. J. Casavant, J. Schmidt, and R. E. Smalley, “Electrical and thermal

transport properties of magnetically aligned single wall carbon nanotube films,”

Applied Physics Letters, vol. 77, no. 5, pp. 666–668, Jul. 2000.

[2.67] M. M. J. Treacy, T. W. Ebbesen, and J. M. Gibson, “Exceptionally high Young’s

modulus observed for individual carbon nanotubes,” Nature, vol. 381, no. 6584,

pp. 678–680, Jun. 1996.

[2.68] J. P. Lu, “Elastic properties of carbon nanotubes and nanoropes,” Physical Review

Letters, vol. 79, no. 7, pp. 1297–1300, 1997.

[2.69] A. Allaoui, S. Bai, H. M. Cheng, and J. B. Bai, “Mechanical and electrical

properties of a MWNT/epoxy composite,” Composites Science and Technology,

vol. 62, no. 15, pp. 1993–1998, 2002.

[2.70] M.-F. Yu, O. Lourie, M. J. Dyer, K. Moloni, T. F. Kelly, and R. S. Ruoff,

“Strength and Breaking Mechanism of Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes Under

Tensile Load,” Science, vol. 287, no. 5453, pp. 637–640, Jan. 2000.

[2.71] B. I. Yakobson, C. J. Brabec, and J. Berhnolc, “Nanomechanics of carbon

tubes: Instabilities beyond linear response,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 76, no.

14, pp. 2511–2514, Apr. 1996.

Page 86: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

55

[2.72] R. Al-Jishi and G. Dresselhaus, “Lattice-dynamical model for graphite,” Physical

Review B, vol. 26, no. 8, pp. 4514–4522, Oct. 1982.

[2.73] J. P. Lu, “Elastic properties of single and multilayered nanotubes,” Journal of

Physics and Chemistry of Solids, vol. 58, no. 11, pp. 1649–1652, Nov. 1997.

[2.74] Z. Yao, C.-C. Zhu, M. Cheng, and J. Liu, “Mechanical properties of carbon

nanotube by molecular dynamics simulation,” Computational Materials Science,

vol. 22, no. 3–4, pp. 180–184, Dec. 2001.

[2.75] B. G. Demczyk, Y. M. Wang, J. Cumings, M. Hetman, W. Han, A. Zettl, and

R. O. Ritchie, “Direct mechanical measurement of the tensile strength and

elastic modulus of multiwalled carbon nanotubes,” Materials Science and

Engineering A, vol. 334, no. 1–2, pp. 173–178, Sep. 2002.

[2.76] H. J. Qi, K. B. K. Teo, K. K. S. Lau, M. C. Boyce, W. I. Milne, J. Robertson, and

K. K. Gleason, “Determination of mechanical properties of carbon nanotubes

and vertically aligned carbon nanotube forests using nanoindentation,” Journal

of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, vol. 51, no. 11–12, pp. 2213–2237,

Nov. 2003.

[2.77] E. T. Thostenson, C. Li, and T.-W. Chou, “Nanocomposites in context,”

Composites Science and Technology, vol. 65, no. 3–4, pp. 491–516, Mar. 2005.

[2.78] P. Poncharal, “Electrostatic Deflections and Electromechanical Resonances of

Carbon Nanotubes,” Science, vol. 283, no. 5407, pp. 1513–1516, Mar. 1999.

[2.79] J.-P. Salvetat, G. Briggs, J.-M. Bonard, R. Bacsa, A. Kulik, T. Stöckli,

N. Burnham, and L. Forró, “Elastic and Shear Moduli of Single-Walled Carbon

Nanotube Ropes,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 82, no. 5, pp. 944–947,

Feb. 1999.

[2.80] D. A. Walters, L. M. Ericson, M. J. Casavant, J. Liu, D. T. Colbert, K. A. Smith,

and R. E. Smalley, “Elastic strain of freely suspended single-wall carbon

nanotube ropes,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 74, no. 25, p. 3803, Jun. 1999.

[2.81] M. Yu, B. Files, S. Arepalli, and R. Ruoff, “Tensile loading of ropes of single

wall carbon nanotubes and their mechanical properties,” Physical Review

Letters, vol. 84, no. 24, pp. 5552–5555, Jun. 2000.

[2.82] C. Li and T.-W. Chou, “Elastic properties of single-walled carbon nanotubes in

transverse directions,” Physics Review B, vol. 69, no. 7, p. 073401, Feb. 2004.

[2.83] C. Li and T.-W. Chou, “A structural mechanics approach for the analysis of

carbon nanotubes,” International Journal of Solids and Structures, vol. 40, no.

10, pp. 2487–2499, May 2003.

Page 87: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

56

[2.84] B. H. Bodily and C. T. Sun, “Structural and equivalent continuum properties of

single-walled carbon nanotubes,” International Journal of Materials and

Product Technology, vol. 18, no. 4–6, pp. 381–397, 2003.

[2.85] T. Belytschko, S. Xiao, G. Schatz, and R. Ruoff, “Atomistic simulations of

nanotube fracture,” Physical Review B, vol. 65, no. 23, p. 235430, Jun. 2002.

[2.86] B. I. Yakobson, M. P. Campbell, C. J. Brabec, and J. Bernholc, “High strain rate

fracture and C-chain unraveling in carbon nanotubes,” Computational Materials

Science, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 341–348, Sep. 1997.

[2.87] M. Cadek, R. Murphy, B. McCarthy, A. Drury, B. Lahr, R. C. Barklie, M. in het

Panhuis, J. N. Coleman, and W. J. Blau, “Optimisation of the arc-discharge

production of multi-walled carbon nanotubes,” Carbon, vol. 40, no. 6,

pp. 923–928, May 2002.

[2.88] C. Journet, W. K. Maser, P. Bernier, A. Loiseau, M. L. de la Chapelle, S. Lefrant,

P. Deniard, R. Lee, and J. E. Fischer, “Large-scale production of single-walled

carbon nanotubes by the electric-arc technique,” Nature, vol. 388, no. 6644,

pp. 756–758, Aug. 1997.

[2.89] Z. Shi, Y. Lian, F. H. Liao, X. Zhou, Z. Gu, Y. Zhang, S. Iijima, H. Li, K. T. Yue,

and S.-L. Zhang, “Large scale synthesis of single-wall carbon nanotubes by

arc-discharge method,” Journal of Physics and Chemistry of Solids, vol. 61,

no. 7, pp. 1031–1036, Jul. 2000.

[2.90] A. M. Morales, “A Laser Ablation Method for the Synthesis of Crystalline

Semiconductor Nanowires,” Science, vol. 279, no. 5348, pp. 208–211,

Jan. 1998.

[2.91] A. G. Rinzler, J. Liu, H. Dai, P. Nikolaev, C. B. Huffman, F. J. Rodríguez-

Macías, P. J. Boul, A. H. Lu, D. Heymann, D. T. Colbert, R. S. Lee, J. E.

Fischer, A. M. Rao, P. C. Eklund, and R. E. Smalley, “Large-scale purification

of single-wall carbon nanotubes: process, product, and characterization,”

Applied Physics A: Materials Science & Processing, vol. 67, no. 1, pp. 29–37,

Jul. 1998.

[2.92] Y. Zhang and S. Iijima, “Formation of single-wall carbon nanotubes by laser

ablation of fullerenes at low temperature,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 75,

no. 20, pp. 3087–3089, Nov. 1999.

[2.93] N. R. Franklin and H. Dai, “An Enhanced CVD Approach to Extensive Nanotube

Networks with Directionality,” Advanced Materials, vol. 12, no. 12,

pp. 890–894, Jun. 2000.

Page 88: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

57

[2.94] Z. F. Ren, Z. P. Huang, J. W. Xu, J. H. Wang, P. Bush, M. P. Siegal, and P. N.

Provencio, “Synthesis of Large Arrays of Well-Aligned Carbon Nanotubes on

Glass,” Science, vol. 282, no. 5391, pp. 1105–1107, Nov. 1998.

[2.95] G. Che, B. B. Lakshmi, C. R. Martin, E. R. Fisher, and R. S. Ruoff, “Chemical

vapor deposition based synthesis of carbon nanotubes and nanofibers using a

template method,” Chemistry of Materials, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 260–267, 1998.

[2.96] W. Li, S. Xie, L. Qian, B. Chang, B. Zou, W. Zhou, R. Zhao, and G. Wang,

“Large-Scale Synthesis of Aligned Carbon Nanotubes,” Science, vol. 274,

no. 5293, pp. 1701–1703, Dec. 1996.

[2.97] W. Krätschmer, L. D. Lamb, K. Fostiropoulos, and D. R. Huffman, “Solid C60: a

new form of carbon,” Nature, vol. 347, no. 6291, pp. 354–358, Sep. 1990.

[2.98] T. W. Ebbesen and P. M. Ajayan, “Large-scale synthesis of carbon nanotubes,”

Nature, vol. 358, no. 6383, pp. 220–222, Jul. 1992.

[2.99] G. D. Nessim, “Properties, synthesis, and growth mechanisms of carbon

nanotubes with special focus on thermal chemical vapor deposition,” Nanoscale,

vol. 2, no. 8, pp. 1306–1323, Aug. 2010.

[2.100] M. Kundrapu, J. Li, A. Shashurin, and M. Keidar, “A model of carbon nanotube

synthesis in arc discharge plasmas,” Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics,

vol. 45, no. 31, p. 315305 (11pp), 2012.

[2.101] H. W. Kroto, J. R. Heath, S. C. O’Brien, R. F. Curl, and R. E. Smalley, “C60:

Buckminsterfullerene,” Nature, vol. 318, no. 6042, pp. 162–163, Nov. 1985.

[2.102] T. Guo, P. Nikolaev, A. G. Rinzler, D. Tomanek, D. T. Colbert, and R. E.

Smalley, “Self-Assembly of Tubular Fullerenes,” The Journal of Physical

Chemistry, vol. 99, no. 27, pp. 10694–10697, Jul. 1995.

[2.103] T. Guo, P. Nikolaev, A. Thess, D. T. Colbert, and R. E. Smalley, “Catalytic

growth of single-walled nanotubes by laser vaporization,” Chemical Physics

Letters, vol. 243, no. 1, pp. 49–54, 1995.

[2.104] W. Merchan-Merchan, A. V. Saveliev, L. Kennedy, and W. C. Jimenez,

“Combustion synthesis of carbon nanotubes and related nanostructures,”

Progress in Energy and Combustion Science, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 696–727,

Dec. 2010.

[2.105] M. Kumar and Y. Ando, “Chemical vapor deposition of carbon nanotubes: a

review on growth mechanism and mass production,” Journal of Nanoscience

and Nanotechnology, vol. 10, no. 6, pp. 3739–3758, Jun. 2010.

Page 89: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

58

[2.106] G. Li, S. Chakrabarti, M. Schulz, and V. Shanov, “The effect of substrate

positions in chemical vapor deposition reactor on the growth of carbon nanotube

arrays,” Carbon, vol. 48, no. 7, pp. 2111–2115, Jun. 2010.

[2.107] S. Hofmann, R. Sharma, C. Ducati, G. Du, C. Mattevi, C. Cepek, M. Cantoro, S.

Pisana, A. Parvez, F. Cervantes-Sodi, A. C. Ferrari, R. Dunin-Borkowski, S.

Lizzit, L. Petaccia, A. Goldoni, and J. Robertson, “In situ observations of

catalyst dynamics during surface-bound carbon nanotube nucleation,” Nano

Letters, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 602–608, Mar. 2007.

[2.108] Y. Shibuta and S. Maruyama, “Molecular dynamics simulation of formation

process of single-walled carbon nanotubes by CCVD method,” Chemical

Physics Letters, vol. 382, no. 3–4, pp. 381–386, Dec. 2003.

[2.109] H. Amara, C. Bichara, and F. Ducastelle, “Understanding the Nucleation

Mechanisms of Carbon Nanotubes in Catalytic Chemical Vapor Deposition,”

Physical Review Letters, vol. 100, no. 5, p. 056105 (4 pp), Feb. 2008.

[2.110] Y. Ohta, Y. Okamoto, S. Irle, and K. Morokuma, “Single-walled carbon nanotube

growth from a cap fragment on an iron nanoparticle: Density-functional

tight-binding molecular dynamics simulations,” Physical Review B, vol. 79,

no. 19, p. 195415 (7 pp), May 2009.

[2.111] J.-Y. Raty, F. Gygi, and G. Galli, “Growth of Carbon Nanotubes on Metal

Nanoparticles: A Microscopic Mechanism from Ab Initio Molecular Dynamics

Simulations,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 95, no. 9, p. 096103 (4 pp),

Aug. 2005.

[2.112] J. A. Rodríguez-Manzo, M. Terrones, H. Terrones, H. W. Kroto, L. Sun, and

F. Banhart, “In situ nucleation of carbon nanotubes by the injection of carbon

atoms into metal particles,” Nature Nanotechnology, vol. 2, no. 5, pp. 307–311,

May 2007.

[2.113] H. Yoshida, S. Takeda, T. Uchiyama, H. Kohno, and Y. Homma, “Atomic-scale

in-situ observation of carbon nanotube growth from solid state iron carbide

nanoparticles,” Nano Letters, vol. 8, no. 7, pp. 2082–2086, Jul. 2008.

[2.114] M. Lin, J. P. Y. Tan, C. Boothroyd, K. P. Loh, E. S. Tok, and Y.-L. Foo,

“Dynamical observation of bamboo-like carbon nanotube growth,” Nano

Letters, vol. 7, no. 8, pp. 2234–2238, Aug. 2007.

[2.115] M. Lin, J. P. Ying Tan, C. Boothroyd, K. P. Loh, E. S. Tok, and Y.-L. Foo,

“Direct observation of single-walled carbon nanotube growth at the atomistic

scale,” Nano Letters, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 449–452, Mar. 2006.

Page 90: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

59

[2.116] X. Feng, S. W. Chee, R. Sharma, K. Liu, X. Xie, Q. Li, S. Fan, and K. Jiang, “In

Situ TEM observation of the gasification and growth of carbon nanotubes using

iron catalysts,” Nano Research, vol. 4, no. 8, pp. 767–779, Apr. 2011.

[2.117] S. B. Sinnott, R. Andrews, D. Qian, A. M. Rao, Z. Mao, E. C. Dickey, and

F. Derbyshire, “Model of carbon nanotube growth through chemical vapor

deposition,” Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 315, no. 1–2, pp. 25–30, Dec. 1999.

[2.118] H. Ago, T. Komatsu, S. Ohshima, Y. Kuriki, and M. Yumura, “Dispersion of

metal nanoparticles for aligned carbon nanotube arrays,” Applied Physics

Letters, vol. 77, no. 1, pp. 79–81, Jul. 2000.

[2.119] S. Fan, M. G. Chapline, N. R. Franklin, T. W. Tombler, A. M. Cassell, and

H. Dai, “Self-Oriented Regular Arrays of Carbon Nanotubes and Their Field

Emission Properties,” Science, vol. 283, no. 5401, pp. 512–514, Jan. 1999.

[2.120] J. Kong, A. M. Cassell, and H. Dai, “Chemical vapor deposition of methane for

single-walled carbon nanotubes,” Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 292, no. 4–6,

pp. 567–574, Aug. 1998.

[2.121] B. C. Satishkumar, A. Govindaraj, and C. N. R. Rao, “Bundles of aligned carbon

nanotubes obtained by the pyrolysis of ferrocene–hydrocarbon mixtures: role of

the metal nanoparticles produced in situ,” Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 307,

no. 3–4, pp. 158–162, Jul. 1999.

[2.122] R. Sen, A. Govindaraj, and C. N. R. Rao, “Carbon nanotubes by the metallocene

route,” Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 267, no. 3–4, pp. 276–280, Mar. 1997.

[2.123] P. Nikolaev, M. J. Bronikowski, R. K. Bradley, F. Rohmund, D. T. Colbert, K. A.

Smith, and R. E. Smalley, “Gas-phase catalytic growth of single-walled carbon

nanotubes from carbon monoxide,” Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 313, no. 1–2,

pp. 91–97, Nov. 1999.

[2.124] S. P. Lacour, I. Graz, D. Cotton, S. Bauer, and S. Wagner, “Elastic components

for prosthetic skin,” IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society,

vol. 2011, pp. 8373–8376, Jan. 2011.

[2.125] S. Ullerich, W. Mokwa, G. vom Bogel, and U. Schnakenberg, “Micro coils for an

advanced system for measuring intraocular pressure,” in 1st Annual

International IEEE-EMBS Special Topic Conference on Microtechnologies in

Medicine and Biology. Proceedings IEEE, 2000, pp. 470–474.

[2.126] K.-H. Shin, C.-R. Moon, T.-H. Lee, C.-H. Lim, and Y.-J. Kim, “Flexible wireless

pressure sensor module,” Sensors and Actuators A: Physical, vol. 123–124,

pp. 30–35, Sep. 2005.

Page 91: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

60

[2.127] A. T. Sepúlveda, F. Fachin, R. G. de Villoria, B. L. Wardle, J. C. Viana,

A. J. Pontes, and L. A. Rocha, “Nanocomposite Flexible Pressure Sensor for

Biomedical Applications,” Procedia Engineering, vol. 25, pp. 140–143,

Jan. 2011.

[2.128] A. T. Sepúlveda, R. G. De Villoria, J. C. Viana, A. J. Pontes, B. L. Wardle, and

L. A. Rocha, “Flexible Pressure Sensors: Modeling and Experimental

Characterization,” Procedia Engineering, vol. 47, pp. 1177–1180, Jan. 2012.

[2.129] S. P. Lacour, S. Wagner, Z. Huang, and Z. Suo, “Stretchable gold conductors on

elastomeric substrates,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 82, no. 15, pp. 2404–2406,

Apr. 2003.

[2.130] J. Zhu, H. Peng, F. Rodriguez-Macias, J. L. Margrave, V. N. Khabashesku, A. M.

Imam, K. Lozano, and E. V. Barrera, “Reinforcing Epoxy Polymer Composites

Through Covalent Integration of Functionalized Nanotubes,” Advanced

Functional Materials, vol. 14, no. 7, pp. 643–648, Jul. 2004.

[2.131] K. Friedrich, S. Fakirov, and Z. Zhang, Polymer Composites: From

Nano-To-Macro-Scale. Springer, 2005, p. 367.

[2.132] F. H. Gojny, M. H. G. Wichmann, B. Fiedler, and K. Schulte, “Influence of

different carbon nanotubes on the mechanical properties of epoxy matrix

composites – A comparative study,” Composites Science and Technology,

vol. 65, no. 15–16, pp. 2300–2313, Dec. 2005.

[2.133] O. Lourie, D. Cox, and H. Wagner, “Buckling and Collapse of Embedded Carbon

Nanotubes,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 81, no. 8, pp. 1638–1641, Aug. 1998.

[2.134] V. G. Hadjiev, M. N. Iliev, S. Arepalli, P. Nikolaev, and B. S. Files, “Raman

scattering test of single-wall carbon nanotube composites,” Applied Physics

Letters, vol. 78, no. 21, pp. 3193–3195, 2001.

[2.135] J. Njuguna and K. Pielichowski, “Polymer Nanocomposites for Aerospace

Applications: Properties,” Advanced Engineering Materials, vol. 5, no. 11,

pp. 769–778, Nov. 2003.

[2.136] F. H. Gojny, M. H. G. Wichmann, U. Köpke, B. Fiedler, and K. Schulte, “Carbon

nanotube-reinforced epoxy-composites: enhanced stiffness and fracture

toughness at low nanotube content,” Composites Science and Technology,

vol. 64, no. 15, pp. 2363–2371, Nov. 2004.

[2.137] C. Li, E. T. Thostenson, and T.-W. Chou, “Sensors and actuators based on carbon

nanotubes and their composites: A review,” Composites Science and

Technology, vol. 68, no. 6, pp. 1227–1249, May 2008.

Page 92: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

61

[2.138] J. N. Coleman, U. Khan, and Y. K. Gun’ko, “Mechanical Reinforcement of

Polymers Using Carbon Nanotubes,” Advanced Materials, vol. 18, no. 6,

pp. 689–706, Mar. 2006.

[2.139] A. Dufresne, M. Paillet, J. L. Putaux, R. Canet, F. Carmona, P. Delhaes, and S.

Cui, “Processing and characterization of carbon nanotube/poly(styrene-co-butyl

acrylate) nanocomposites,” Journal of Materials Science, vol. 37, no. 18,

pp. 3915–3923, 2002.

[2.140] L. Jin, C. Bower, and O. Zhou, “Alignment of carbon nanotubes in a polymer

matrix by mechanical stretching,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 73, no. 9,

p. 1197 (3 pp), Aug. 1998.

[2.141] P. Laborde-Lahoz, W. Maser, T. Martínez, A. Benito, T. Seeger, P. Cano, R. G.

de Villoria, and A. Miravete, “Mechanical Characterization of Carbon Nanotube

Composite Materials,” Mechanics of Advanced Materials and Structures,

vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 13–19, Feb. 2005.

[2.142] M. C. Paiva, B. Zhou, K. A. S. Fernando, Y. Lin, J. M. Kennedy, and Y.-P. Sun,

“Mechanical and morphological characterization of polymer–carbon

nanocomposites from functionalized carbon nanotubes,” Carbon, vol. 42,

no. 14, pp. 2849–2854, Jan. 2004.

[2.143] E. T. Thostenson and T.-W. Chou, “Aligned multi-walled carbon

nanotube-reinforced composites: processing and mechanical characterization,”

Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics, vol. 35, no. 16, pp. L77–L80, 2002.

[2.144] T. A. El-Aguizy, J. Jeong, Y.-B. Jeon, W. Z. Li, Z. F. Ren, and S.-G. Kim,

“Transplanting carbon nanotubes,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 85, no. 24,

p. 5995 (3 pp), Dec. 2004.

[2.145] M. C. Ray, R. Guzman de Villoria, and B. L. Wardle, “Load Transfer Analysis in

Short Carbon Fibers with Radially-Aligned Carbon Nanotubes Embedded in a

Polymer Matrix,” Journal of Advanced Materials, no. 4, p. 42 pp., Jan. 2009.

[2.146] R. Guzmán de Villoria, S. L. Figueredo, A. J. Hart, S. A. Steiner, A. H. Slocum,

and B. L. Wardle, “High-yield growth of vertically aligned carbon nanotubes on

a continuously moving substrate,” Nanotechnology, vol. 20, no. 40,

p. 405611 (8 pp), Oct. 2009.

[2.147] A. R. Bhattacharyya, T. V. Sreekumar, T. Liu, S. Kumar, L. M. Ericson, R. H.

Hauge, and R. E. Smalley, “Crystallization and orientation studies in

polypropylene/single wall carbon nanotube composite,” Polymer, vol. 44, no. 8,

pp. 2373–2377, Apr. 2003.

[2.148] H. Chen, A. Roy, J.-B. Baek, L. Zhu, J. Qu, and L. Dai, “Controlled growth and

modification of vertically-aligned carbon nanotubes for multifunctional

Page 93: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

62

applications,” Materials Science and Engineering: R: Reports, vol. 70, no. 3–6,

pp. 63–91, Nov. 2010.

[2.149] L. Liu, W. Ma, and Z. Zhang, “Macroscopic carbon nanotube assemblies:

preparation, properties, and potential applications,” Small, vol. 7, no. 11,

pp. 1504–1520, Jun. 2011.

[2.150] R. Haggenmueller, H. H. Gommans, A. G. Rinzler, J. E. Fischer, and K. I. Winey,

“Aligned single-wall carbon nanotubes in composites by melt processing

methods,” Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 330, no. 3–4, pp. 219–225, Nov. 2000.

[2.151] M. Sennett, E. Welsh, J. B. Wright, W. Z. Li, J. G. Wen, and Z. F. Ren,

“Dispersion and alignment of carbon nanotubes in polycarbonate,” Applied

Physics A: Materials Science & Processing, vol. 76, no. 1, pp. 111–113,

Jan. 2003.

[2.152] E. M. Moore, D. L. Ortiz, V. T. Marla, R. L. Shambaugh, and B. P. Grady,

“Enhancing the strength of polypropylene fibers with carbon nanotubes,”

Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 93, no. 6, pp. 2926–2933, Sep. 2004.

[2.153] W. E. Dondero and R. E. Gorga, “Morphological and mechanical properties of

carbon nanotube/polymer composites via melt compounding,” Journal of

Polymer Science Part B: Polymer Physics, vol. 44, no. 5, pp. 864–878,

Mar. 2006.

[2.154] R. Andrews and M. C. Weisenberger, “Carbon nanotube polymer composites,”

Current Opinion in Solid State and Materials Science, vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 31–37,

Jan. 2004.

[2.155] J. K. W. Sandler, J. E. Kirk, I. A. Kinloch, M. S. P. Shaffer, and A. H. Windle,

“Ultra-low electrical percolation threshold in carbon-nanotube-epoxy

composites,” Polymer, vol. 44, no. 19, pp. 5893–5899, Sep. 2003.

[2.156] P. M. Ajayan and J. M. Tour, “Materials science: nanotube composites,” Nature,

vol. 447, no. 7148, pp. 1066–1068, Jun. 2007.

[2.157] M. J. Green, N. Behabtu, M. Pasquali, and W. W. Adams, “Nanotubes as

polymers,” Polymer, vol. 50, no. 21, pp. 4979–4997, Oct. 2009.

[2.158] C.-L. Wu, H.-C. Lin, J.-S. Hsu, M.-C. Yip, and W. Fang, “Static and dynamic

mechanical properties of polydimethylsiloxane/carbon nanotube

nanocomposites,” Thin Solid Films, vol. 517, no. 17, pp. 4895–4901, Jul. 2009.

[2.159] C. A. Dyke and J. M. Tour, “Covalent Functionalization of Single-Walled Carbon

Nanotubes for Materials Applications,” The Journal of Physical Chemistry A,

vol. 108, no. 51, pp. 11151–11159, Dec. 2004.

[2.160] Y. Zhang, C. J. Sheehan, J. Zhai, G. Zou, H. Luo, J. Xiong, Y. T. Zhu, and

Q. X. Jia, “Polymer-embedded carbon nanotube ribbons for stretchable

conductors,” Advanced Materials, vol. 22, no. 28, pp. 3027–3031, Jul. 2010.

Page 94: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

63

[2.161] J. Lu, M. Lu, A. Bermak, and Y.-K. Lee, “Study of piezoresistance effect of

carbon nanotube-PDMS composite materials for nanosensors,” in 2007 7th IEEE

Conference on Nanotechnology (IEEE NANO), 2007, pp. 1240–1243.

[2.162] S. Ahir, A. Squires, A. Tajbakhsh, and E. Terentjev, “Infrared actuation in aligned

polymer-nanotube composites,” Physical Review B, vol. 73, no. 8, p. 085420

(12 pp), Feb. 2006.

[2.163] S. Lu and B. Panchapakesan, “Photomechanical responses of carbon

nanotube/polymer actuators,” Nanotechnology, vol. 18, no. 30, p. 305502 (8 pp),

2007.

[2.164] C.-X. Liu and J.-W. Choi, “Patterning conductive PDMS nanocomposite in an

elastomer using microcontact printing,” Journal of Micromechanics and

Microengineering, vol. 19, no. 8, pp. 1 – 7, 2009.

[2.165] A. Misra, J. R. Raney, L. De Nardo, A. E. Craig, and C. Daraio, “Synthesis and

characterization of carbon nanotube-polymer multilayer structures,” ACS Nano,

vol. 5, no. 10, pp. 7713–7721, Oct. 2011.

[2.166] R. H. Baughman, C. Cui, A. A. Zakhidov, Z. Iqbal, J. N. Barisci, G. M. Spinks,

G. G. Wallace, A. Mazzoldi, D. De Rossi, A. G. Rinzler, O. Jaschinski, S. Roth,

and M. Kertesz, “Carbon Nanotube Actuators,” Science, vol. 284, no. 5418,

pp. 1340–1344, May 1999.

[2.167] A. Mazzoldi, D. De Rossi, and R. H. Baughman, “Electromechanical behavior of

carbon nanotube sheets in electrochemical actuators,” Society of Photo-Optical

Instrumentation Engineers (SPIE) Conference Series, vol. 3987, pp. 25–32,

Jun. 2000.

[2.168] S. Roth and R. H. Baughman, “Actuators of individual carbon nanotubes,”

Current Applied Physics, vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 311–314, Aug. 2002.

[2.169] Y.-H. Yun, V. Shanov, M. J. Schulz, S. Narasimhadevara, S. Subramaniam,

H. Douglas, and F. J. Boerio, “Development of novel single-wall carbon

nanotube–epoxy composite ply actuators,” Smart Materials and Structures,

vol. 14, no. 6, pp. 1526–1532, 2005.

[2.170] J. Riemenschneider, “Characterization and modeling of CNT based actuators,”

Smart Materials and Structures, vol. 18, no. 10, p. 104003 (9 pp), 2009.

[2.171] P. Dharap, Z. Li, S. Nagarajaiah, and E. V. Barrera, “Nanotube film based on

single-wall carbon nanotubes for strain sensing,” Nanotechnology, vol. 15, no. 3,

pp. 379–382, 2004.

[2.172] Q. Zhao, M. D. Frogley, and H. D. Wagner, “Direction-sensitive strain-mapping

with carbon nanotube sensors,” Composites Science and Technology, vol. 62,

no. 1,pp. 147–150, Jan. 2002.

Page 95: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

64

[2.173] J. Wood, Q. Zhao, M. Frogley, E. Meurs, A. Prins, T. Peijs, D. Dunstan, and

H. Wagner, “Carbon nanotubes: From molecular to macroscopic sensors,”

Physical Review B, vol. 62, no. 11, pp. 7571–7575, Sep. 2000.

[2.174] I. Kang, M. J. Schulz, J. H. Kim, V. Shanov, and D. Shi, “A carbon nanotube

strain sensor for structural health monitoring,” Smart Materials and Structures,

vol. 15, no. 3, pp. 737–748, 2006.

[2.175] N.-K. Chang, C.-C. Su, and S.-H. Chang, “Fabrication of single-walled carbon

nanotube flexible strain sensors with high sensitivity,” Applied Physics Letters,

vol. 92, no. 6, p. 063501 (3 pp), Feb. 2008.

[2.176] C. Hierold, A. Jungen, C. Stampfer, and T. Helbling, “Nano electromechanical

sensors based on carbon nanotubes,” Sensors and Actuators A: Physical,

vol. 136, no. 1, pp. 51–61, May 2007.

[2.177] M. Knite, V. Tupureina, A. Fuith, J. Zavickis, and V. Teteris,

“Polyisoprene-multi-wall carbon nanotube composites for sensing strain,”

Materials Science and Engineering C, vol. 27, no. 5–8, pp. 1125–1128,

Sep. 2007.

[2.178] S. M. Vemuru, R. Wahi, S. Nagarajaiah, and P. M. Ajayan, “Strain sensing using

a multiwalled carbon nanotube film,” The Journal of Strain Analysis for

Engineering Design, vol. 44, no. 7, pp. 555–562, Oct. 2009.

[2.179] A. N. Watkins, J. L. Ingram, J. D. Jordan, R. A. Wincheski, J. M. Smits, and P. A.

Williams, “Single Wall Carbon Nanotube-Based Structural Health Monitoring

Sensing Materials,” in Technical Proceedings of the 2004 NSTI Nanotechnology

Conference and Trade Show, 2004, pp. 149–152.

[2.180] K. J. Loh, J. P. Lynch, and N. A. Kotov, “Conformable Single-Walled Carbon

Nanotube Thin Film Strain Sensors for Structural Monitoring,” in Proceedings

of the 5th International Workshop on Structural Health Monitoring, 2005,

p. 8 pp.

[2.181] N. D. Alexopoulos, C. Bartholome, P. Poulin, and Z. Marioli-Riga, “Structural

health monitoring of glass fiber reinforced composites using embedded carbon

nanotube (CNT) fibers,” Composites Science and Technology, vol. 70, no. 2,

pp. 260–271, Feb. 2010.

[2.182] S. S. Kessler, D. Barber, S. Wicks, A. Raghavan, and B. L. Wardle, “Structural

Health Monitoring using Carbon Nanotube (CNT) Enhanced Composites,” in

7th International Workshop on SHM (IWSHM07), 2009, p. (9 pp).

[2.183] J. H. Braybook, Biocompatiblity: Assessment of Medical Devices and Materials

(Biomaterials Science & Engineering). John Wiley & Sons, 1997, p. 231.

Page 96: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

65

[2.184] “Use of international standard ISO 10993-1. Biological evaluation of medical

devices. Part 1: Evaluation and testing.” p. 38 pp, 1995.

[2.185] D. F. Williams, “Definitions in biomaterials,” in Progress in biomedical

engineering, vol. 4, Elsevier: Amsterdam, 1987, p. 326.

[2.186] D. F. Williams, “On the mechanisms of biocompatibility,” Biomaterials, vol. 29,

no. 20, pp. 2941–2953, Jul. 2008.

[2.187] S. K. Jewrajka, G. Erdodi, J. P. Kennedy, D. Ely, G. Dunphy, S. Boehme, and

F. Popescu, “Novel biostable and biocompatible amphiphilic membranes,”

Journal of Biomedical Materials Research. Part A, vol. 87, no. 1, pp. 69–77,

Oct. 2008.

[2.188] E. M. Keough, W. C. Mackey, R. Connolly, T. Foxall, K. Ramberg-Laskaris, J. L.

McCullough, T. F. O’Donnell, and A. D. Callow, “The interaction of blood

components with PDMS (polydimethylsiloxane) and LDPE (low-density

polyethylene) in a baboon ex vivo arteriovenous shunt model,” Journal of

Biomedical Materials Research, vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 577–587, 1985.

[2.189] N. P. Ziats, D. A. Pankowsky, B. P. Tierney, O. D. Ratnoff, and J. M. Anderson,

“Adsorption of Hageman factor (factor XII) and other human plasma proteins to

biomedical polymers,” The Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine,

vol. 116, no. 5, pp. 687–696, Nov. 1990.

[2.190] J. N. Lee, X. Jiang, D. Ryan, and G. M. Whitesides, “Compatibility of

mammalian cells on surfaces of poly(dimethylsiloxane),” Langmuir: the ASC

journal of surfaces and colloids, vol. 20, no. 26, pp. 11684–11691, Dec. 2004.

[2.191] A. Bianco, K. Kostarelos, and M. Prato, “Making carbon nanotubes biocompatible

and biodegradable,” Chemical Communications (Cambridge, England), vol. 47,

no. 37, pp. 10182–10188, Oct. 2011.

[2.192] C. Ménard-Moyon, K. Kostarelos, M. Prato, and A. Bianco, “Functionalized

carbon nanotubes for probing and modulating molecular functions,” Chemistry

& Biology, vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 107–115, Feb. 2010.

[2.193] Y. Lin, S. Taylor, H. Li, K. A. S. Fernando, L. Qu, W. Wang, L. Gu, B. Zhou, and

Y.-P. Sun, “Advances toward bioapplications of carbon nanotubes,” Journal of

Materials Chemistry, vol. 14, no. 4, pp. 527–541, Feb. 2004.

[2.194] L. Ma and G. Sines, “Fatigue behavior of a pyrolytic carbon,” Journal of

Biomedical Materials Research, vol. 51, no. 1, pp. 61–68, Jul. 2000.

[2.195] E. Cenni, D. Granchi, C. R. Arciola, G. Ciapetti, L. Savarino, S. Stea, D.

Cavedagna, A. Di Leo, and A. Pizzoferrato, “Adhesive protein expression on

endothelial cells after contact in vitro with polyethylene terephthalate coated

with pyrolytic carbon,” Biomaterials, vol. 16, no. 16, pp. 1223–1227, Nov. 1995.

Page 97: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

66

[2.196] A. D. Haubold, “Blood/carbon interactions,” American Society for Artificial

Internal Organs, vol. 6, pp. 88–92, 1983.

[2.197] M. Ball, A. O’Brien, F. Dolan, G. Abbas, and J. A. McLaughlin, “Macrophage

responses to vascular stent coatings,” Journal of Biomedical Materials Research.

Part A, vol. 70, no. 3, pp. 380–390, Sep. 2004.

[2.198] K. Gutensohn, C. Beythien, J. Bau, T. Fenner, P. Grewe, R. Koester,

K. Padmanaban, and P. Kuehnl, “In vitro analyses of diamond-like carbon

coated stents. Reduction of metal ion release, platelet activation, and

thrombogenicity,” Thrombosis Research, vol. 99, no. 6, pp. 577–585, Sep. 2000.

[2.199] M. Allen, B. Myer, and N. Rushton, “In vitro and in vivo investigations into the

biocompatibility of diamond-like carbon (DLC) coatings for orthopedic

applications,” Journal of Biomedical Materials Research, vol. 58, no. 3,

pp. 319–328, May 2001.

[2.200] D. P. Dowling, P. V. Kola, K. Donnelly, T. C. Kelly, K. Brumitt, L. Lloyd,

R. Eloy, M. Therin, and N. Weill, “Evaluation of diamond-like carbon-coated

orthopaedic implants,” Diamond and Related Materials, vol. 6, no. 2–4,

pp. 390–393, Mar. 1997.

[2.201] T. Gabay, E. Jakobs, E. Ben-Jacob, and Y. Hanein, “Engineered self-organization

of neural networks using carbon nanotube clusters,” Physica A: Statistical

Mechanics and its Applications, vol. 350, no. 2, pp. 611–621, 2005.

[2.202] H. Hu, Y. Ni, V. Montana, R. C. Haddon, and V. Parpura, “Chemically

Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes as Substrates for Neuronal Growth,” Nano

Letters, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 507–511, Mar. 2004.

[2.203] D. Pantarotto, C. D. Partidos, J. Hoebeke, F. Brown, E. Kramer, J.-P. Briand, S.

Muller, M. Prato, and A. Bianco, “Immunization with Peptide-Functionalized

Carbon Nanotubes Enhances Virus-Specific Neutralizing Antibody Responses,”

Chemistry & Biology, vol. 10, no. 10, pp. 961–966, Oct. 2003.

[2.204] K. J. Ziegler, “Developing implantable optical biosensors,” Trends in

Biotechnology, vol. 23, no. 9, pp. 440–444, Sep. 2005.

[2.205] L. Valentini, C. Cantalini, I. Armentano, J. M. Kenny, L. Lozzi, and S. Santucci,

“Highly sensitive and selective sensors based on carbon nanotubes thin films for

molecular detection,” Diamond and Related Materials, vol. 13, no. 4–8,

pp. 1301–1305, Apr. 2004.

[2.206] T. Silambarasan, M. Premkumar, M. Alagappan, and G. Anju, “Design and

Analysis of Implantable Nanotube Based Sensor for Continuous Blood Pressure

Monitoring,” in Excerpt from the Proceedings of the 2011 COSMOSOL

Conference, 2011, p. 3.

Page 98: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Background and Prior Work

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

67

[2.207] R. Bogue, “Implantable blood glucose sensor fabricated from carbon nanotubes,”

Sensor Review., vol. 25, no. 4, Jan. 2005.

[2.208] P. W. Barone, S. Baik, D. A. Heller, and M. S. Strano, “Near-infrared optical

sensors based on single-walled carbon nanotubes,” Nature Materials, vol. 4,

no. 1, pp. 86–92, Jan. 2005.

[2.209] S. Ji, C. Liu, B. Zhang, F. Yang, J. Xu, J. Long, C. Jin, D. Fu, Q. Ni, and X. Yu,

“Carbon nanotubes in cancer diagnosis and therapy,” Biochimica et Biophysica

Acta, vol. 1806, no. 1, pp. 29–35, Aug. 2010.

[2.210] Y. Lin, F. Lu, Y. Tu, and Z. Ren, “Glucose Biosensors Based on Carbon

Nanotube Nanoelectrode Ensembles,” Nano Letters, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 191–195,

Feb. 2004.

[2.211] S. Viswanathan, L.-C. Wu, M.-R. Huang, and J.-A. A. Ho, “Electrochemical

immunosensor for cholera toxin using liposomes and

poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)-coated carbon nanotubes,” Analytical

Chemistry, vol. 78, no. 4, pp. 1115–1121, Feb. 2006.

Page 99: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 100: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Chapter 3

Fabrication and Characterization of

A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

This chapter addresses the full fabrication process of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

films that will be further used to fabricate a flexible pressure sensor. The elastic response

of the nanocomposites are presented and related to the underlying aligned-CNT

morphology. MWCNTs at 1% Vf are embedded in a flexible substrate of PDMS to create a

flexible polymer nanocomposite (PNC).

The PNC properties are evaluated using scanning electron microscopy (SEM),

differential scanning calorymetry (DSC), dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) and tensile

mechanical tests, and the full linearly-elastic constitutive relation established for such a

PNC. Along with the mechanical characterization of the nanocomposites, electrical

conductivity tests were also performed using the Van der Pauw method.

Part of this chapter is adapted from the following publication:

A. T. Sepulveda, R. Guzman de Villoria, J. C. Viana, A. J. Pontes, B. Wardle, and L. A. Rocha,

“Full Elastic Constitutive Relation for Non-isotropic Aligned-CNTs/PDMS Flexible

Nanocomposites,” Nanoscale, vol. 5, no. 11, pp. 4847-4854, 2013.

Page 101: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

70

3.1 Introduction

As demonstrated in the previous chapter, CNTs are an excellent candidate as reinforcement

material in polymeric materials for multi-functional property enhancement (mechanical,

electrical, etc.) due to their exceptional physical properties [3.1-3.6] and low density,

particularly if the properties can be tailored anisotropically via aligning the CNTs ‘fibers’.

Also, the recent optimization in A-CNTs growth, opened opportunities for the

development of novel materials and applications since CNTs/Polymer-based

nanocomposites properties are enhanced by this morphology that organizes the CNTs

along a common direction [3.7, 3.8].

Most of the studies reported in the literature concerning CNTs composites have

concentrated largely in the characterization of CNTs/Polymers composites, where the

SWCNTs/MWCNTs are dispersed or mixed within the polymeric matrix. The work

presented here aims the study of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films for flexible pressure

sensor applications. The fabrication of the nanocomposites and the resulting

morphological, thermal, mechanical and electrical properties, are presented and compared

with pure PDMS. The polymer reinforcement using A-CNTs generates a non-isotropic

material that can be very interesting for some particular applications such as capacitive and

membrane-based sensors, energy harvesters, and electrically-conductive biomedical device

elements.

In addition, the first full non-isotropic constitutive relation for the aligned PNC is

presented, that may be useful in modeling PNCs as composites or as elements of

hierarchical nanoengineered composites, particularly PDMS-CNTs PNCs envisioned as

elements in biomedical devices such as pressure transducers and energy harvesters.

3.2 Synthesis of MWCNTs

The CNTs used in this work were grown in situ, on the Department of Aeronautics and

Astronautics facilities at MIT, using a modified chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method

[3.9], where the vertically aligned MWCNTs forests are synthesized using a Al2O3/Fe

catalyst layer. A silicon (Si) wafer substrate with a ~ 300 nm-thick thermally grown silicon

Page 102: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

71

dioxide (SiO2) layer is used as the support layer. After that, a layer of alumina oxide

(Al2O3) with a thickness of ~ 10 nm and a catalyst layer of iron (Fe) with a thickness of

~1 nm are physical vapor deposited (PVD) onto SiO2 using electron beam evaporation.

The A-CNTs are attached to the Fe nanoparticles which are formed upon annealing in

hydrogen (H2). During CNTs growth, the Fe is supersaturated with carbon (C), and upon

growth termination and exposure to ambient a combination of amorphous carbon and Fe

oxide attaches the CNTs to the Fe. The CVD process steps were already summarized in

§2.2.3 (Figure 2.13). One of the advantages of this process is the possibility to pattern the

catalyst, typically fabricated using a lift-off process, which enables the design of regions

where the CNTs forests will grow (some of the masks used in this work are presented in

Appendix A.1).

Prior to the growth process, such substrates prepared as referred before were cut into

~ 32 x 14 mm2 rectangles shape with a diamond cutter. The areas of catalyst on photoresist

were cleaned with acetone in an ultrasonicator (VWR, Model 150D) for 3 min. The CVD

process was performed at atmospheric pressure in a Lindberg/Blue M tube furnace, Model

55347 using a 50.8 mm (2 inch) diameter quartz tube, where the previously cut substrates

were placed (Figure 3.1). After the purge of the lines and the tube with helium (He), the

tube was heated to 750 ºC and 400 sccm of ethylene (C2H4) gas was introduced for the

CNTs growth, during the time selected for the experiment. Finally, 2400 sccm of He was

flushed while the tube cools down. This method has the advantage of enabling the growth

of high purity, high yield vertically aligned CNTs. Also, for the work presented here there

was no modification or functionalization on the CNTs surfaces after growth.

Figure 3.1: CVD system for growing A-CNTs forests.

Page 103: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

72

First CNTs were grown in the form of dense pillars of A-CNTs and using different

shapes. The aim was to optimize the growth process previously implemented by the

TELAMS group at MIT, and change the growth time to give the CNTs forest the desired

thickness (up to 400 µm). Figure 3.2 shows SEM images of A-CNTs forests grown on

patterned catalyst with dot shape and Y-shape, and Table 3.1 summarizes the growth

recipes (the experiments accomplished considering different substrates shape and growth

times are presented in Appendix A.2).

Figure 3.2: SEM images of as-grown A-CNTs forests. a) Dot shape, b) Y-shape and c) magnified

region of b).

Table 3.1: CNTs growth recipe for substrates with patterned catalyst in dot shape and Y-shape.

Gas SCCM* Time (min) Temperature

Flush Tube He 2070 10 Room temperature

Heat Tube H2 1040 Ramp to 750 ºC

15 Held at 750 ºC

Growth H2 1040

0.6/0.8/2 Held at 750 ºC C2H4 400

Flush Tube He 2400 10 Cool down

*SCCM – Standard Cubic Centimeters per Minute

Given that the objective is to fabricate A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films,

unpatterned rectangular Si substrates (32 x 14 mm2) were also prepared for the growth of

Page 104: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

73

A-CNTs. Different growth times were tested in order to obtain CNTs forests with

thicknesses of about 400 µm. As seen in Figure 3.3, CNTs show a good alignment and the

height of the grown bulk MWNTs forest was measured to be ~ 389 µm, obtained for the

growth time of 10 min. Table 3.2 summarizes de recipe of the A-CNTs growth using the

rectangular Si substrates.

Figure 3.3: CNTs grown on Si substrate. a) Optical image of an A-CNTs forest, b) SEM image of

A-CNTs forest and c) SEM image showing the alignment of the CNTs.

Table 3.2: CNTs growth recipe for substrates with patterned catalyst in rectangular shape.

Gas SCCM* Time (min) Temperature

Flush Tube He 2070 10 Room temperature

Heat Tube H2 1040 Ramp to 750 ºC

15 Held at 750 ºC

Growth H2 1040

10 Held at 750 ºC C2H4 400

Flush Tube He 2400 10 Cool down

*SCCM – Standard Cubic Centimeters per Minute

The as-grown MWCNTs forests using this procedure have been extensively

characterized. On average, MWCNTs have diameters around 8 nm (2-3 walls) and the

space between CNTs is of about 80 nm [3.10, 3.11]. Thus, assuming the MWCNTs as solid

tubes, the volume fraction for these CNTs will be ~ 1 % (an estimate of the A-CNTs

volume fraction can be found in Appendix A.3).

Page 105: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

74

3.3 Fabrication of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposite Films

The entire nanocomposite structure is fabricated from A-CNTs embedded in a flexible

substrate of PDMS, a commercially available silicone based polymer. Sylgard® 184 from

Dow Corning Corporation was used in this work. Its main properties are summarized in

Table 3.3.

The base elastomer and curing agent were manually mixed using a glass stick at a

10:1 weight ratio, respectively and, before pouring the mixture into a mould, it was

systematically degassed in a vacuum chamber during 15 min, in order to remove all

bubbles.

Table 3.3: PDMS main properties (10:1 weight ratio).

Substrate PDMS

Manufacturer Down Corning ®

Grade Sylgard ® 184

Physical form Base + curing agent

Thickness (mm) Free

Density (g/cm3) 1.03

Thermal conductivity (W/m.K) 0.18

Dielectric (kV/mm) 21.2

Service temperature (ºC) -45 to 200

The process of embedding the A-CNTs is performed using a mold to define the

nanocomposite geometry. Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) was selected as the mold

material, mainly due to its mechanical properties and low cost. The PMMA mold geometry

was defined by computer numerical control (CNC) milling, a technique that enables low

costs and fast production times. The procedure to embed the pure PDMS into the as-grown

A-CNTs (1% Vf) is schematically represented in Figure 3.4.

Page 106: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

75

Figure 3.4: Fabrication process flow for the development of a flexible A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposite.

The PMMA mold was produced with precise dimensions of 32 x 14 x 0.4 mm3

(Length x Width x Height) in order to accept the wafer with the as-grown A-CNTs

(average length of ~ 400 µm). The A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites are fabricated by

pouring slowly the uncured PDMS into the as-grown A-CNTs through capillarity wetting.

After leaving the A-CNTs approximately 1 min with the PDMS substrate for complete

wetting, the assembly is cured for 30 min in an oven at 85 ºC. Finally, the A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites are manually demolded from the PMMA mold. Typical A-CNTs-PNC

samples obtained right out of the molds are shown in Figure 3.5.

Figure 3.5: Flexible PNC film made of A-CNTs embedded in a polymeric matrix of PDMS.

Page 107: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

76

3.4 Thermal Characterization and Results

3.4.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry

The differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) measures the differential power between

a polymeric sample in a sealed aluminum pan referenced to an empty pan. During heating

and cooling temperature scans, a zero temperature differential between pans is preserved.

Thermal properties tests of pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples

were performed on a TA Instruments DSC2920 differential scanning calorimeter,

connected to a cooling system and calibrated using the melting temperature of indium as

reference. The samples weights ranged from around 5 to 7 mg (6 samples of pure PDMS

and 6 samples of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite). The temperature was scanned from

-170 ºC to -30 ºC at a heating rate of 10 ºC/min and the glass transition temperature (Tg) of

all samples was obtained from the DSC thermograms, always using the same experimental

procedure to obtain reproducible results for comparison.

Tg was obtained as the temperature at which the regression line, generated through

the trace below the starting point of the transition, crosses the tangent drawn from the

inflection point of the glass transition step. Figure 3.6 shows the representative DSC

thermograms obtained for pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites during

heating.

The location of Tg of the pure PDMS is seen at around -125.95 ± 0.27 ºC, which is in

good agreement with the accepted reported values and that are in the range of

-120 to -125 ºC [3.12-3.17]. On the other hand, the glass transition temperature of the

nanocomposites appears at -126.79 ± 0.11 ºC, suggesting that the reinforcement with CNTs

causes almost no effect in the Tg of the pure PDMS.

Fragiadakis and Pissis [3.18] observed no variations of Tg upon the incorporation of

nanosilica particles, but the decrement of the heat capacity was attributed to the

immobilization of polymer at the surface of silica particles.

Page 108: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

77

Figure 3.6: Representative DSC thermograms of pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites.

The observed profiles in the DSC curves for both pure PDMS and nanocomposites

suggests that there is also no observable change in Tg after incorporation of 1% Vf of

CNTs into the polymeric matrix. In this case, the presence of the 1% Vf A-CNTs does not

significantly restrict the segmental mobility of the amorphous phase over the entire volume

of the PDMS.

3.5 Morphological Characterization and Results

3.5.1 Scanning Electron Microscopy

Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) was used to assess the alignment of the CNTs,

as well as the distribution of the A-CNTs in the PDMS substrate. Imaging of as-grown

A-CNTs forests (Figure 3.7) and embedded A-CNTs forests in the PDMS matrix

(Figure 3.8) were performed in a Nova NanoSEM 200 scanning electron microscope,

operating at 5 kV accelerating voltage, after sputtering the nanocomposites with 4 nm of

Au/Pd. Figure 3.9 shows a SEM image of a top-view surface of pure PDMS, taken at same

conditions for comparison.

Page 109: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

78

(a)

(b)

CNTs

alignment

Figure 3.7: SEM image of as-grown A-CNTs. (b) and (c) are magnified regions of (a).

The A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples were mounted in two different ways:

top-view surface of the nanocomposites and cross-sectional cut parallel to the CNTs

growth axis.

1% Vf VACNTs/PDMS nanocomposite

Top-view Surface

Cross-sectional Cut

(Parallel)

Figure 3.8: SEM images of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites revealing the CNTs structure

embedded in the PDMS substrate. (a) Top-view and (b) parallel cross-sectional cut.

CNTs

growth axis

Page 110: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

79

Figure 3.9: SEM image of a top-view surface of pure PDMS.

SEM images of the nanocomposites (Figure 3.8) show the CNTs being totally

impregnated by the PDMS, i.e., PDMS has uniformly wet the CNTs forest and bonded all

CNTs together during the curing process. Also, comparing the top-view surfaces of both

pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites samples it is possible to observe that

there are no significant changes after incorporation of A-CNTs, suggesting that CNTs are

all embedded in the PDMS matrix.

For cross-sectional images, the nanocomposite samples were cut with a bistoury.

Although this cutting method may influence the surface morphology, SEM images reveal

that the CNTs alignment observed after the A-CNTs growth is retained after the process of

wetting and curing of the PDMS.

3.6 Mechanical Characterization and Results

3.6.1 Tensile Tests

The impregnation of the A-CNTs in the PDMS matrix, as well as the respective

mechanical and electrical properties of the flexible nanocomposite films (required for the

sensor design and its response), is the most important step of the fabrication process. The

A-CNTs are oriented in the out-of-plane direction (normal to the wafer plane). In the

in-plane direction the polymer-based nanocomposite can be assumed transversely

isotropic. In addition, due to the A-CNTs orientation, the improvement of the elastic

modulus is expected to be minimal as the long axis of the A-CNTs is oriented normal to

Page 111: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

80

the loading direction, such that the PDMS polymer controls the response (see the

schematic represented in Figure 3.10).

Figure 3.10: Schematic of the CNTs orientation inside the PDMS matrix (legend: W – width,

H – height and P – Load direction).

Recent work on nanocomposites has shown considerable increase in modulus, due to

the alignment of the CNTs in the polymer (PDMS) [3.19] and epoxy [3.20], but based on

experimental results, little reinforcement effect is expected in the nanocomposites where

the A-CNTs are oriented normal to the loading direction.

An Instron 4505 mechanical materials testing machine was used to conduct tensile

tests at room temperature of pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples.

Several individual A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples, molded into rectangular

shapes with dimensions of approximately 32 x 14 x 0.4 mm3 were tested in tension to

mechanically characterize the nanocomposite films in both longitudinal (3-direction) and

transverse (1- or 2-directions) (with the CNTs oriented normal and parallel to the load, as

shown in Figure 3.11).

A total of 12 nanocomposite specimens, 6 tests for the transverse direction (1,2

plane), 3 tests for the z-direction (1,3 plane) and 3 for longitudinal direction (3,2 plane),

were clamped in custom grips with a crosshead speed of 0.8 mm/min. The load cell used

was of 1 kN and the gage length was 10 mm for all samples. For pure PDMS, 3 samples

were tested for comparison, under the same parameters as used for the A-CNTs/PDMS

samples. Poisson’s ratio was obtained in all the tensile tests using the corresponding strains

in longitudinal and transverse directions.

Page 112: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

81

Figure 3.11: Optical images showing the changes before tensile test (unstretched) and during the

test, for pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS samples (with the CNTs oriented transverse to the

load – 1,2 plane and 1,3 plane, and parallel to the load – 3,2 plane).

Strain measurement by optical extensometry was used during the tensile tests.

Several dot features, with diameters of about 0.5 mm and separation distance of

approximately 0.4 mm, where speckled with black and white paint by hand in the pure

PDMS and nanocomposite samples, respectively, and the tensile tests were recorded

(1920x1080 resolution). During the tests, the dots undergo translation from its initial

position allowing calculation of the deformations in both directions (ε1 and ε2, ε1 and ε3, ε3

and ε2 for tests occurring in the 1,2 plane, 1,3 plane and 3,2 plane, respectively). As soon

as the tests were concluded, the recorded movies were fragmented in JPEG images with an

increment of 1 second. Then, the sample deformation and strain was calculated by a

custom MATLAB code for strain mapping. As represented in Figure 3.12, the central pixel

of four selected points is followed from the beginning to the end of the test in order to

quantify the displacement in each direction. The points illustrated as P1 and P2, and P3 and

Page 113: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

82

P4 should be parallel to the x-axis, as well as P1 and P3, and P2 and P4 parallel to the y-axis.

The ratios P1-P2 and P3-P4 allow obtaining the displacement in xx while P1-P3 and P2-P4

allow obtaining the displacement in yy.

Figure 3.12: Illustration showing the points P1, P2, P3 and P4. a) Beginning of the test and b)

displacement in the x- and y-axis during the tensile test.

The stress-strain curves in the longitudinal and transverse directions were generated

in the MATLAB software and the Young’s modulus (E) was automatically calculated from

the stress-strain curves shown in Figure 3.13.

Figure 3.13: Representative stress-strain curves of pure PDMS and reinforced A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites in the longitudinal (3,2 plane) and transverse (1,2 plane) directions. Longitudinal

is in the 3-direction and transverse the 1-, or 2-direction.

Page 114: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

83

Properties of the PNCs depend on the elastic modulus and aspect ratio of the CNTs,

as well as the CNT array alignment, and therefore an effective reinforcement requires that

the individual CNTs are fully wet with PDMS to guarantee load transfer from PDMS

matrix to CNTs [3.21]. The morphologic characterization (Figure 3.8) shows the A-CNTs

entirely embedded on the PDMS matrix, hence a higher Young’s modulus value for the

membranes in which the CNTs are aligned parallel (longitudinal) to the load direction is

expected.

The experimental measurements indicate that the pure PDMS membranes have a

Young´s modulus of about 0.8 ± 0.1 MPa which agrees with the literature values

[3.22-3.23]. The A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite has an increase in the Young´s modulus

in the transverse direction (1.7 ± 0.25 MPa obtained in both transverse directions, 1,2 plane

and 1,3 plane). In the longitudinal direction, 3,2 plane, the increase is more significant

(8.1 ± 1.2 MPa). No assessment of strength or toughness can be made regarding the

longitudinal direction, as the samples failed outside the region of the A-CNTs in the pure

PDMS region.

The Poisson´s ratios (υ) of pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS films (in both

longitudinal and transverse directions) were obtained from the tensile tests performed.

Assuming the coordinate system illustrated in Figure 3.12, in which the samples are

stretched along the axial direction (the x-axis), the ratio of lateral strain and axial strain

allow calculating the Poisson´s ratio:

For the calculations regarding the changes of the width (ΔW) and height (ΔH) during

the tensile tests, the Poisson´s ratio can be written as:

where, H0 and W0 are the initial height and width, respectively.

Poisson´s ratio of PDMS obtained from the tested samples was of about 0.40 ± 0.05,

similarly to other works reported in literature [3.24, 3.25]. The Poisson´s ratios for the

Page 115: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

84

A-CNTs/PDMS samples were retrieved from the three tensile tests performed. From the

changes of width and height during the tensile tests, the Poisson´s ratio obtained for both

perpendicular and longitudinal directions, was of

, respectively. The decrease observed in the Poisson’s ratio

for both directions as compared with the Poisson´s ratio of PDMS is in line with previous

results, since the CNTs restrict the shrinking of the nanocomposite for a given applied

load. Therefore, a lower Poisson’s ratio value for the samples in which the CNTs are

aligned transverse to the load (1,3 plane) was expected, since in this direction the CNTs

confer a great resistance during the stretching.

3.6.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis

Dynamic mechanical analyses (DMA) were carried out using Triton Technology

equipment, TTDMA, in order to determine the shear modulus as function of frequency, at

isotherm temperature.

A total of 10 samples (5 of pure PDMS and 5 of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites)

were tested in a simple shear mode (dual sample) over 1 to 80 Hz frequency sweep, with 6

points per decade and at a temperature of 40 ºC. Following the instructions recommended

by the manufacturer, the samples were mounted in pairs, as schematically presented in

Figure 3.14.

Figure 3.14: Schematic of the shear mode (dual sample) experiment.

Page 116: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

85

Figure 3.15 shows representative curves of the storage modulus (G’) and the loss

factor tan δ (G’’/G’), as a function of frequency for both pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS

samples. In this study, the experimental range covers only the service frequency range for

the future application of the material (0-80Hz).

Figure 3.15: a) Storage modulus – G’ and b) tangent delta – tan δ, as function of frequency for

pure PDMS and A-CNTs/PDMS samples.

From the results presented in Figure 3.15, both materials demonstrate elastic-like

behaviour (low loss factor) and as the testing frequency increases the storage modulus

Page 117: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

86

tends to increase towards higher frequency. At a low frequency of 1 Hz, the material

presents a storage modulus of 0.19 ± 0.01 MPa for pure PDMS samples and

0.24 ± 0.01 MPa for A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples, while at a frequency of

80 Hz the obtained storage modulus is 0.25 ± 0.01 MPa for pure PDMS samples and

0.32 ± 0.01 MPa for A-CNTs/PDMS samples. Incorporation of 1 % Vf A-CNTs into the

pure PDMS generated a slight improvement on the storage modulus in comparison to the

pristine PDMS.

Both PDMS and the nanocomposite loss curves present similar behaviour with a

small movement upward with frequency. The incorporation of A-CNTs into the polymer

matrix tends to increase the modulus owing to the effective load transfer. Although

enhanced Young’s modulus (E) was observed in A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples

compared with the pure PDMS samples, only slightly stiffer shear modulus (G’) of the

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites was observed in the DMA tests.

3.7 A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposite Full Constitutive Law

The A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite is a transversely-isotropic material (in the linear

regime) and therefore its elastic behaviour can be completely defined by 5 independent

elastic constants and except for the shear modulus, the elastic constants were already

obtained from the tensile tests. The G32 value is obtained from the dynamical mechanical

tests, as presented previously.

The nanocomposite material under study, and as already mentioned, is a transverse

isotropic material. In this case, the expression for generalized Hooke’s law is given as

shown in equation 3.3.

(3.3)

where εij is the strain tensor, σkl is the stress tensor and Sijkl is the compliance tensor. Also, a

transverse isotropic material has 5 independent engineering constants:

In the symmetry plane (1,2 plane):

Young´s modulus (E2),

Poisson’s ratio (υ12),

Page 118: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

87

In the CNTs direction (L, 3):

Young´s modulus (E3),

Poisson’s ratios (υ23 and υ32),

Shear modulus (G32),

In addition, a transversely isotropic material satisfies reciprocity conditions (3.4):

(3.4)

From the expression for generalized Hooke’s law, it is now possible to write the

constitutive equations for the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites, completely characterized

here. Considering the complex shear modulus, , the values of the

engineering constants are the following:

In the symmetry plane (1,2 plane):

In the CNTs direction (L, 3):

and

(reciprocity holds line all three planes, being also trivially satisfied in the other

planes – 1,2 and 1,3 planes).

The results obtained demonstrate anisotropic behaviour of the

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. The Young’s modulus in the longitudinal direction is

higher compared to the obtained in the transverse direction.

Page 119: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

88

From the engineering constants presented above, the Hooke's law for the

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites in compliance matrix form can be written as shown in

equation (3.5).

(3.5)

To our knowledge, this is the first time that the full constitutive law for an aligned

polymer nanocomposite is presented. As mentioned before, A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites were manufactured from 1 % Vf A-CNTs proceeded by capillarity wetting

with a PDMS substrate, without functionalization of the CNTs. In general, the Young´s

modulus of PNCs is found to increase with the CNTs alignment in the matrix. However,

the measurement results show that the Young’s modulus remain far from the idealized

theoretical prediction from the simple rule of mixtures [3.26, 3.27].

Assuming perfect alignment of the CNTs, perfect wetting of the CNTs by the PDMS

and perfect bonding between the interface of the CNTs and the PDMS, the Young’s

modulus of an A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite, at 1 % Vf A-CNTs with a CNTs modulus

of 1 TPa and PDMS substrate modulus of 0.8 MPa, is expected to be 10 GPa, instead of

the 0.0081 GPa obtained from the mechanical tests. The difference between the theoretical

calculations and experimental measurements could be due to assumptions in the simplified

model, but is primarily attributable to the CNT waviness effect, which is predicted by some

authors [3.20, 3.28-3.30] to have considerable effect on both longitudinal and transverse

nanocomposite Young’s modulus.

Page 120: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

89

3.8 Electrical Characterization and Results

3.8.1 Conductivity Measurement

Along with the mechanical characterization of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites,

electrical tests were also performed. The electrical conductivity measurements were

performed based on the Van der Pauw technique [3.31].

In the Van der Pauw method, reference specimens with square or rectangle geometry

are used. These specimens are contacted at the four corners, and the resistance is

subsequently measured as illustrated in Figure 3.16. During the tests, two consecutive

measurements are performed, in which the current (I12) is applied into contact 1 and out of

contact 2, determining the voltage V43 from the contact 4 to contact 3. Then, applying the

current (I23) into contact 2 and out of contact 3, the voltage V14 is obtained from the contact

1 to contact 4.

Note: RA = (RA1+RA2)/2 and RB = (RB1+RB2)/2

Figure 3.16: Schematic of a Van der Pauw configuration used in the measurement of the two

characteristic resistances RA and RB.

Page 121: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

90

The aim of the resistivity measurement is to obtain the sheet resistance (RS). Van der

Pauw proved that the resistance values, RA and RB, are related to the sheet resistance RS

through the Van der Pauw equation, that can be solved numerically for RS:

(3.6)

The electrical resistivity (ρ) can be determined applying equation 3.7.

(3.7)

where d is the thickness of the sample.

The electrical conductivity (σ) is defined as the inverse of resistivity and is given by

equation 3.8:

(3.8)

Electrical conductivity measurements were performed at ambient temperature on

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples (a total of 9 samples were tested). An automated

Keithley picoammeter/voltage source (Keithley Instruments Inc.) was used for V and I

sourcing and measuring. A constant voltage of 10 V was applied to the nanocomposite

samples and the respective values of the current were measured. In addition, the polarity of

the current was switched in all Van der Pauw measurements, allowing obtaining the values

of the current I12, I43, I23 and I14 (as illustrated in Figure 3.16).

The measured electrical conductivity of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples

was of 0.35 S/m with a standard deviation of 0.37 S/m (see Figure 3.17). The rather low

conductivity does not compromise the developed capacitive sensor, but since passive

telemetry is required to measure and power the sensor, it has major implications if one

wants to design an inductor using this approach, i.e., the resistive losses would be so high

that a large amount of power would be required to power and read the sensor. Another

work with the same A-CNTs, but embedded in an epoxy polymer, showed electrical

conductivities in the axial direction of ~ 10 S/m [3.20].

Page 122: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

91

In general, incorporation of CNTs into a polymeric matrix of PDMS improves the

electrical conductivity of pristine PDMS and as higher is the weight percentage of CNTs

embedded in the matrix, higher is the conductivity of the nanocomposite. However, a study

where low weight percentages of MWCNTs (0.8, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.2 and 2.5 wt. %) were mixed

in PDMS, also presented low electrical conductivity of the nanocomposites. At 1 wt. %

concentration of MWCNTs the authors found an electrical conductivity of ~ 0.005 S/m,

while a value of 0.02 S/m was observed at 2.5 wt. % concentration [3.32].

Figure 3.17: Histogram of the electrical conductivity measured on the A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposite samples.

The low conductivity values obtained for the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite forced

a change on the envisaged fabrication process since the inductors could not be built using

this method. An alternative solution (introduced in §5.4) was to implement the inductor

using carbon nanofibers (typically have conductivity 4 orders of magnitude higher than the

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite).

The mechanical-resistance relationship of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite was

further characterized with an Instron 4505 tensile mechanical testing machine. A total of 7

samples with approximate dimensions 32 x 14 x 0.4 mm3 where subject to tensile tests on

transverse direction (1,2 plane) while measuring the resistance of the samples. As shown in

Figure 3.18, metal wires were embedded in the nanocomposite prior to cure of the

Page 123: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

92

nanocomposite for the resistance readout. In order to reduce the contact resistance, there

was a ~20 nm-thick layer deposited on the samples edge to improve electrical contact.

Figure 3.18: Digital image of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite samples prepared to measure the

resistivity while performing the tensile tests.

The experimental test setup is shown in Figure 3.19. The nanocomposite samples

were clamped in custom grips and tested with a crosshead speed of 0.8 mm/min. The load

cell and the gage length was the same used in the tensile tests (§3.6.1), 1 kN and 10 mm,

respectively.

Figure 3.19: Digital image of the experimental test setup.

Page 124: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

93

The two sides of the grips were covered by electrical tape, in order to insulate

electrical wires and the other material existent in the tensile testing machine. An Agilent

82357B USB/GPIB Interface (Agilent Technologies, Inc.) was used to establish a direct

connection between a Keithley 2110 multimeter and a computer. During the testing, the

resistance of the nanocomposite samples were recorded through the multimeter connected

to the metal wires. From the measured resistance (R) and strain (ε), the gauge factor (GF)

was determined by equation 3.9. Figure 3.20 gives a representative curve profile of the

relationship between the measured resistance changes and the applied strain.

(3.9)

where R0 is the initial resistance, and can be written as:

(3.10)

Figure 3.20: Measured resistance changes of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites during tensile

mechanical tests, with initial resistance (R0) of 0.3 MΩ.

Page 125: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

94

In order to calculate the gauge factor, the obtained curve was divided in three

sections. In the small tested strain range (< 5 %) the nanocomposite samples revealed

linear mechanical-resistance changes. Thus, the gauge factor (GF1) was calculated by

fitting the curve in this section applying equation 3.10. For higher tested strain ranges

(5 % to 15 % and 15 % to 30 %) a non-linear relationship was observed. Therefore, to

compare the gauge factors as function of strain, the values were determined at strain of

15 % and 30 % (entitled as GF2 and GF3, respectively), in accordance with equation 3.10.

The results shown that the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites have high gauge factor

(GF1 ~ 50, GF2 ~ 38 and GF3 ~ 29) making it a good material for sensor applications

using the piezoresistive effect, as alternatives to the commonly used silicon based strain

sensors (GF = 20 – 120) [3.33]. However, due to the high contact resistance observed

during the measurements, the piezoresistance effect needs to be hereafter better

characterized.

The electrical characterization revealed the unsuitability of the nanocomposites for

the inductor fabrication, and alternative solutions were envisaged to overcome this

technical difficulty.

3.9 Summary

In this chapter, A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites were fabricated and studied, aiming its

use in flexible applications. The nanocomposites are suitable for flexible applications with

the advantage of being electrical conductive and with mechanical non-isotropic mechanical

properties.

The morphological characterization performed suggests that CNTs preserve

alignment after the wetting process, which allows a controlled manufacturing of

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. The good dimensional control, the interesting

non-isotropic properties and the easily processing characteristics makes it an interesting

material for the realization of microsensors and microactuators.

Tensile tests were performed in order to completely characterize the A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites. Compared to the Young’s modulus of the unreinforced PDMS matrix

(0.8 MPa), we obtained an increase in the Young’s modulus of the nanocomposite in the

Page 126: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

95

transverse direction (1.7 MPa) and a higher increase in the longitudinal direction

(8.1 MPa). The results from the set of mechanical tests were used to derive the full

constitutive law of the nanocomposite. To our knowledge, this is the first full constitutive

law for a proper aligned polymer nanocomposite and, within the uncertainty of the tensile

tests results, reciprocity between different directions is observed validating the results.

The nanocomposites have already been successfully applied in the fabrication of

flexible pressure sensors [3.24, 3.34]. The unique properties of the nanocomposites

(electrical conductivity and low Young’s modulus) are the enabling factor for the flexible

sensors. In addition, the non-isotropic properties can be used to improve some specific

mechanical behaviour of the sensor.

A key application area for the flexible sensors is implantable devices. The

nanocomposites dimensions are fully controlled and the high flexibility of the material

makes it possible to fabricate devices that can be deployed using minimally evasive

techniques. The PDMS guarantees the required biocompatibility of the devices.

Regarding the electrical characterization, the results obtained raise a main concern

about the suitability of the realization of a pressure sensor with passive telemetry using the

technology based on A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. The rather low conductivity of the

PDMS membranes with embedded A-CNTs will generate a rather high resistance of the

inductor and therefore the energy transferred inductively will be dissipated in the resistor.

Solutions to overcome this problem were studied, and the use of carbon fibers encapsulated

by a matrix of PDMS to fabricate an inductor, as well as the use of a flex PCB technology

seems to be a good alternative.

Page 127: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

96

References

[3.1] J. Lu, “Elastic Properties of Carbon Nanotubes and Nanoropes,” Physical Review

Letters, vol. 79, no. 7, pp. 1297–1300, Aug. 1997.

[3.2] C. Li and T.-W. Chou, “Quantized molecular structural mechanics modeling for

studying the specific heat of single-walled carbon nanotubes,” Physical Review

B, vol. 71, no. 7, p. 075409 (6pp), Feb. 2005.

[3.3] G. Van Lier, G. Van Assche, H. E. Miltner, N. Grossiord, C. E. Koning,

P. Geerlings, and B. Van Mele, “Theoretical analysis of carbon nanotube wetting

in polystyrene nanocomposites,” Physical chemistry chemical physics : PCCP,

vol. 11, no. 47, pp. 11121–11126, Dec. 2009.

[3.4] M. R. Falvo, G. J. Clary, R. M. Taylor, V. Chi, F. P. Brooks, S. Washburn, and

R. Superfine, “Bending and buckling of carbon nanotubes under large strain,”

Nature, vol. 389, no. 6651, pp. 582–584, Oct. 1997.

[3.5] A. Allaoui, S. Bai, H. M. Cheng, and J. B. Bai, “Mechanical and electrical

properties of a MWNT/epoxy composite,” Composites Science and Technology,

vol. 62, no. 15, pp. 1993–1998, Nov. 2002.

[3.6] B. I. Yakobson, C. J. Brabec, and J. Bernholc, “Nanomechanics of Carbon Tubes:

Instabilities beyond Linear Response,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 76, no. 14,

pp. 2511–2514, Apr. 1996.

[3.7] M. C. Ray, R. Guzman de Villoria, and B. L. Wardle, “Load Transfer Analysis in

Short Carbon Fibers with Radially-Aligned Carbon Nanotubes Embedded in a

Polymer Matrix,” Journal of Advanced Materials, no. 4, p. 42 pp., Jan. 2009.

[3.8] R. Guzmán de Villoria, S. L. Figueredo, A. J. Hart, S. A. Steiner, A. H. Slocum,

and B. L. Wardle, “High-yield growth of vertically aligned carbon nanotubes on

a continuously moving substrate,” Nanotechnology, vol. 20, no. 40, p. 405611

(8 pp), Oct. 2009.

[3.9] A. J. Hart and A. H. Slocum, “Rapid growth and flow-mediated nucleation of

millimeter-scale aligned carbon nanotube structures from a thin-film catalyst,”

The journal of physical chemistry. B, vol. 110, no. 16, pp. 8250–8257,

Apr. 2006.

[3.10] B. L. Wardle, D. S. Saito, E. J. García, A. J. Hart, R. G. de Villoria, and E. A.

Verploegen, “Fabrication and Characterization of Ultrahigh-Volume- Fraction

Aligned Carbon Nanotube-Polymer Composites,” Advanced Materials, vol. 20,

no. 14, pp. 2707–2714, Jul. 2008.

Page 128: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

97

[3.11] E. J. Garcia, B. L. Wardle, and A. John Hart, “Joining prepreg composite interfaces

with aligned carbon nanotubes,” Composites Part A: Applied Science and

Manufacturing, vol. 39, no. 6, pp. 1065–1070, Jun. 2008.

[3.12] J. Kuncová-Kallio and P. J. Kallio, “PDMS and its suitability for analytical

microfluidic devices,” Conference proceedings : Annual International

Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society. IEEE

Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society. Conference, vol. 1,

pp. 2486–2489, Jan. 2006.

[3.13] S. J. Clarson, K. Dodgson, and J. A. Semlyen, “Studies of cyclic and linear

poly(dimethylsiloxanes): 19. Glass transition temperatures and crystallization

behaviour,” Polymer, vol. 26, no. 6, pp. 930–934, Jun. 1985.

[3.14] B. Ke, “Differential thermal analysis of high polymers VII. Some low-temperature

transitions,” Journal of Polymer Science Part B: Polymer Letters, vol. 1, no. 4,

pp. 167–170, Apr. 1963.

[3.15] J. D. Helmer and K. E. Polmanteer, “Supercooling of polydimethylsiloxane,”

Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 13, no. 10, pp. 2113–2118, Oct. 1969.

[3.16] W. Li and B. Huang, “Relationship between crystallization of the PDMS block and

morphology of poly(butadiene-b-dimethylsiloxane),” Journal of Polymer

Science Part B: Polymer Physics, vol. 30, no. 7, pp. 727–732, Jun. 1992.

[3.17] S. Krause, M. Iskandar, and M. Iqbal, “Properties of low molecular weight block

copolymers. 1. Differential scanning calorimetry of styrene-dimethylsiloxane

diblock copolymers,” Macromolecules, vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 105–111, Jan. 1982.

[3.18] D. Fragiadakis and P. Pissis, “Glass transition and segmental dynamics in

poly(dimethylsiloxane)/silica nanocomposites studied by various techniques,”

Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids, vol. 353, no. 47–51, pp. 4344–4352,

Dec. 2007.

[3.19] P. M. Ajayan, L. S. Schadler, C. Giannaris, and A. Rubio, “Single-Walled Carbon

Nanotube-Polymer Composites: Strength and Weakness,” Advanced Materials,

vol. 12, no. 10, pp. 750–753, May 2000.

[3.20] H. Cebeci, R. G. de Villoria, A. J. Hart, and B. L. Wardle, “Multifunctional

properties of high volume fraction aligned carbon nanotube polymer composites

with controlled morphology,” Composites Science and Technology, vol. 69,

no. 15–16, pp. 2649–2656, 2009.

[3.21] M. Morcom, K. Atkinson, and G. P. Simon, “The effect of carbon nanotube

properties on the degree of dispersion and reinforcement of high density

polyethylene,” Polymer, vol. 51, no. 15, pp. 3540–3550, Jul. 2010.

Page 129: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

98

[3.22] C.-L. Wu, H.-C. Lin, J.-S. Hsu, M.-C. Yip, and W. Fang, “Static and dynamic

mechanical properties of polydimethylsiloxane/carbon nanotube

nanocomposites,” Thin Solid Films, vol. 517, no. 17, pp. 4895–4901, Jul. 2009.

[3.23] K. Khanafer, A. Duprey, M. Schlicht, and R. Berguer, “Effects of strain rate,

mixing ratio, and stress-strain definition on the mechanical behavior of the

polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) material as related to its biological applications,”

Biomedical microdevices, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 503–508, Apr. 2009.

[3.24] A. T. Sepúlveda, F. Fachin, R. G. de Villoria, B. L. Wardle, J. C. Viana,

A. J. Pontes, and L. A. Rocha, “Nanocomposite Flexible Pressure Sensor for

Biomedical Applications,” Procedia Engineering, vol. 25, pp. 140–143,

Jan. 2011.

[3.25] A. Misra, J. R. Raney, L. De Nardo, A. E. Craig, and C. Daraio, “Synthesis and

characterization of carbon nanotube-polymer multilayer structures,” ACS nano,

vol. 5, no. 10, pp. 7713–7721, Oct. 2011.

[3.26] M. A. Islam and K. Begum, “Prediction Models for the Elastic Modulus of

Fiber-reinforced Polymer Composites: An Analysis,” Journal of Scientific

Research, vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 225–238, Apr. 2011.

[3.27] S. J. V. Frankland, V. M. Harik, G. M. Odegard, D. W. Brenner, and T. S. Gates,

“The stress-strain behavior of polymer-nanotube composites from molecular

dynamics simulation,” Composites Science and Technology, vol. 63, no. 11,

pp. 1655–1661, 2003.

[3.28] R. D. Bradshaw, F. T. Fisher, and L. C. Brinson, “Fiber waviness in

nanotube-reinforced polymer composites-II: modeling via numerical

approximation of the dilute strain concentration tensor,” Composites Science and

Technology, vol. 63, no. 11, pp. 1705–1722, Aug. 2003.

[3.29] F. T. Fisher, R. D. Bradshaw, and L. C. Brinson, “Effects of nanotube waviness on

the modulus of nanotube-reinforced polymers,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 80,

no. 24, pp. 4647–4649, Jun. 2002.

[3.30] F. T. Fisher, R. D. Bradshaw, and L. C. Brinson, “Fiber waviness in

nanotube-reinforced polymer composites-I: Modulus predictions using effective

nanotube properties,” Composites Science and Technology, vol. 63, no. 11,

pp. 1689–1703, Aug. 2003.

[3.31] L. J. van der Pauw, “A method of measuring specific resistivity and Hall effect of

discs of arbitrary shape,” Philips Research Reports, vol. 13, no. 1, pp. 1–9, 1958.

[3.32] A. Khosla and B. L. Gray, “Preparation, characterization and micromolding of

multi-walled carbon nanotube polydimethylsiloxane conducting nanocomposite

polymer,” Materials Letters, vol. 63, no. 13–14, pp. 1203–1206, May 2009.

Page 130: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

99

[3.33] E. Peiner, A. Tibrewala, R. Bandorf, H. Lüthje, L. Doering, and W. Limmer,

“Diamond-like carbon for MEMS,” Journal of Micromechanics and

Microengineering, vol. 17, no. 7, pp. S83–S90, Jul. 2007.

[3.34] A. T. Sepúlveda, R. G. De Villoria, J. C. Viana, A. J. Pontes, B. L. Wardle, and

L. A. Rocha, “Flexible Pressure Sensors: Modeling and Experimental

Characterization,” Procedia Engineering, vol. 47, pp. 1177–1180, Jan. 2012.

Page 131: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 132: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Chapter 4

Fabrication and Characterization of

Flexible Capacitive Pressure

Sensors

In this chapter, a new approach for the fabrication of A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposite-based pressure sensors for wireless telemetry is presented.

The capacitive flexible sensor is expected to be included in a passive telemetry

measurement system including the capacitive pressure sensor coupled with an inductor. In

this section, only the performance of the flexible pressure sensor is presented. The

telemetry system architecture is introduced but its application and results are presented in

chapter 5. In this chapter, flexible capacitive pressure sensors fabricated with PDMS-based

nanocomposites are experimentally characterized and results compared with simulations

from both FEM and analytical modeling.

Page 133: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

102

4.1 Introduction

The advances in microsystems technologies (MST) are providing new opportunities for a

diversity of applications [4.1] and in a variety of areas [4.2], mostly due to the small scale

of the devices (usually planar areas below 4 mm2 [4.3]), low power consumption and low

fabrication costs. However, in various industrial applications the measurements in harsh

environments could be difficult and dangerous for an individual. For this reason,

transmitting data from the sensor wirelessly is less risky and, with the recent

developments, these acquisition systems will be able to change and improve a number of

areas, including the health care system.

Commercial available sensors can measure a vast number of parameters, such as

conductivity and pressure [4.4, 4.5]. Pressure sensors are an example of first use of

microsystems and are one of the most successfully commercialized devices. A wide variety

of pressure sensors have been developed to measure pressure in a huge range of

applications over several years, and they can be grouped into four classes, taking into

account their sensing characteristics: optical, piezoelectric, piezoresistive and capacitive

[4.6-4.9]. Capacitive sensors are among the commonly used pressure sensors, as they have

simple configurations, have improved sensitivity and are widely independent of

environmental temperature oscillations. Also, capacitive pressure sensors are less costly to

produce and have good compatibility with microelectromechanical system (MEMS)

fabrication techniques. As referred, the physical structures of the capacitive pressure

sensors are fairly simple. Basically, the devices include two parallel conducting plates

(electrodes) separated by a dielectric (air or an insulating material) in between, as

schematically presented in Figure 4.1.

Figure 4.1: Illustration of a capacitive pressure sensor based upon a parallel plate arrangement.

Page 134: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

103

Capacitive pressure sensors are based on the use of a deflectable diaphragm that

allows the transduction mechanism. As the flexible electrodes deflect under applied

pressure, the effective distance between the two plates or electrodes changes, thus

changing the capacitance of the device.

Ignoring fringing fields, the capacitance for a simple parallel plate capacitor is given

by equation 4.1:

where ε0 is the permittivity of the free space, εr is the relative permittivity of the material

between the plates (dielectric), A is the area of the electrodes and d is the separation

distance between electrodes.

Typically, fabrication of a pressure sensor uses hard and inorganic materials, such as

fabrication on a silicon substrate [4.10-4.15]. However, silicon-based capacitive devices

need not only high sensitivity but also flexibility, in order to detect the pressure applied to

the surfaces. A large amount of pressure sensors commercially available have lack of

flexibility to fit into a curved interface, an important factor that could improve the

measurement accuracy and the durability of the sensor.

Many attempts have been focused on the development of a flexible MEMS technique

[4.16, 4.17], as well as the development of polymer-based flexible sensors [4.18-4.24]. The

use of polymer-based diaphragm allows achieving much superior deformation under low

pressure and higher sensitivity, when compared to the conventional silicon-based pressure

sensors [4.25]. Research on CNTs-based sensors, i.e., sensors that employ CNTs as the

transduction element, has been very active in the past years [4.26], whereas the work on

nanocomposites for microsystems has been primarily focusing on materials technology,

with little work reported on nanocomposites-based sensors. Due to the good electric

properties, CNTs could provide nanocomposites with electrical transduction mechanisms,

like piezoresistivity and capacity detection.

Next sections present the design and fabrication of a novel flexible capacitive sensor

for pressure measurement. The sensor system uses inductive-coupling to deliver energy

and communicate with the capacitive sensor, which is based on two layers of vertically

aligned-carbon nanotubes (A-CNTs) embedded in a flexible substrate of PDMS and a layer

Page 135: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

104

(with a cavity) made of pure PDMS. Compared with other polymers, PDMS possesses

unequaled mechanical elasticity and has capability to resist to large deformations. The

electrical components, namely the capacitor electrodes and inductor (LC network), are

based on A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites.

An external reading system to measure passively the frequency changes from the LC

network, due to a change in the capacitor value, was also developed. The system powers

the sensor and does the transmission of information wirelessly using electromagnetic

waves (the external reading system will be presented in Chapter 5).

4.2 Design of the Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensor

4.2.1 Sensor Model

The operating method of the flexible pressure sensor is based on the change in deflection

of thin A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite membranes due to the change of an external

pressure. The change in capacitance can be determined from the change in deflection

between the two nanocomposite membranes that form the capacitor. When pressure

differences are null, the diaphragm returns to its original position. The flexible capacitive

pressure sensor involves two coupled domains, mechanical and electrical, that define the

sensor’s behaviour.

4.2.1.1 Mechanical Domain

The pressure sensor architecture is similar to typical configurations of capacitive

pressure sensors. It is composed of two square-plate electrodes (diaphragm) separated by a

dielectric (air) of separation distance d0 at pressure P0. Changes of the outside pressure

(Pout) deform the square plates and consequently generate a capacitive change. Figure 4.2

shows a schematic of the flexible capacitive pressure sensor, using two square-plate

diaphragms (sidelength of 2a). A cross section of the square double diaphragm is shown in

Figure 4.3 (section cut B-B from Figure 4.2), considering only the mechanical domain.

Page 136: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

105

The diaphragm has clamped edges supporting the diaphragm’s perimeter, where 2a

is the sidelength, t is the thickness and w0 the deflection. The deflection in a given point of

the diaphragm is w(x, y), for unbonded diaphragm movement.

Figure 4.2: Schematic of the square (sidelength = 2a) pressure sensor. a) 3D view and b) section

cut B-B.

Figure 4.3: Cross section of the generic model for a deflectable diaphragm.

The angle of deflection (φ) for a clamped diaphragm under a uniform load (such as

pressure), is equal to zero at the center and at the edge of the diaphragm (r = 0 and

r = a, respectively). For these defined boundary conditions, the deflection of an isotropic

square diaphragm under a pressure load can be modeled in closed-form by [4.27]

(considering both bending and stretching effects):

Page 137: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

106

where υ is the Poisson’s ratio, E is the Young´s modulus and ΔP=P0-Pout is the pressure

load.

Equation 4.2 allows computing the deflection at the center of the diaphragm for a

given pressure load but, the deflection along the diaphragm is still required to model the

capacitive changes due to the gap variation. The complexity of the mechanical deflection

calculation makes difficult to obtain a closed form solution for the diaphragm deflection,

from the center to the edges. For this reason, trial functions [4.28] are usually applied to

describe the deflection of the whole diaphragm.

The trial functions (4.3) and (4.4) have been used to model the diaphragm deflection,

satisfying the boundary conditions.

4.2.1.2 Electrostatic Domain

Pressure changes generated by mechanical deflections will cause, consequently,

changes of the capacitor response (electrostatic domain). A capacitor is defined as being an

electronic component with two electrodes, separated by a dielectric.

The electrostatic domain analysis aims essentially the calculation of the capacitance

values, and the derivation of a model that calculates the capacitance changes due to

changes between the electrodes’ distance (see Figure 4.3).

In the absence of any displacement and for the simple case of a parallel plate

capacitor, the model for the capacitive transducer is (neglecting fringe fields):

Page 138: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

107

where ε0 is the permittivity of free space (8.8546x10-12

F/m), εr is the relative permittivity,

wc and lc are, respectively, the width and length of the capacitor electrodes (in this case 2a),

and d0 is the gap between the electrodes.

Since the proposed double-plate capacitive sensor uses diaphragm electrodes with a

complex bending profile, integration over the effective area of the electrodes is required to

calculate the total capacitance.

where w(x, y) is the distance between electrodes due to the diaphragm bending at position

x,y. The integration of (4.6) can be solved numerically, allowing the calculation of the

capacitance for a given pressure change.

4.2.2 Telemetry Model

The monitoring principle is based on the detection of pressure variations and transmission

of the measured data without the need for an embedded power supply.

The pressure measurement system comprises a capacitor (C) connected to an

inductor (L) forming a parallel LC resonant circuit, whose oscillation frequency is sensitive

to pressure variations. Passive telemetry is used to externally read the pressure changes

detected by the capacitive pressure sensor. The proposed monitoring system was developed

in order to remotely read the pressure values of the flexible capacitive sensor and it is

composed of three major blocks (Figure 4.4): the capacitive pressure sensor (or sensor

cluster), the external reading system and the signal retrieval and analysis.

The external reading system, which was entirely developed by Cristina et al. [4.29] at

FEUP, delivers energy and detects the resonance frequency of the sensor through an

inductive-coupling link. The reading system includes a primary inductor (Reader) where a

generator of the square wave is applied, a transformer (TF) to remove the common mode

Page 139: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

108

from the signal acquired by the inductor, amplifying the oscillation frequency. The

instrumentation amplifier (IA) and filter (LPF) allow improving the signal-to-noise ratio

and deliver the signal for optimal A/D conversion. Finally, the signal is acquired and

post-processed [4.29].

Figure 4.4: Blocks diagram of the telemetry system.

The schematic of the reader circuit is shown in Figure 4.5. The pressure sensor

receives energy (the receiver applies a square wave to the sensor) and communicates with

the receiver exchanging information (the oscillation frequency corresponding to the

pressure) by inductive-coupling. To simplify circuit’s analysis, only one sensor is used in

the model. Its components can be modeled as passive elements: a variable capacitor (CS) in

which its value changes with the applied pressure, connected to an inductor (LS), forming a

parallel resonant circuit. The representation in Figure 4.5 includes also resistors (Rp and RS)

whose parasitic resistance values are from the inductors Lp and LS. The oscillation

frequency (4.7) depends on the sensor’s capacitance and inductance, as well as the

coupling factor k (4.8):

and,

Page 140: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

109

where, rr is the reader’s coil radius, rs is the sensor’s coil radius and x is the distance

between antennas.

Figure 4.5: Schematic of the reader circuit [4.30].

In order to read the sensors response, a square wave (vvs) is sent through the inductor

(Lp) that in turn activates the sensor by generating a magnetic field. Once the sensor is

activated, the output (vo) superimposes the signal sent by the reader (the input) plus the

sensors’ response.

The duplication of the circuit marked as “twin” is necessary for the successful

reconstruction of the sensors’ signal. The use of a square wave to activate the sensors has

the drawback of producing a high number of harmonics in the reader’s output preventing

the recognition of the true signal sent by the sensors. To detect the sensors’ signal (vdif), the

“twin” circuit enables the elimination of the unwanted harmonics (vto) by subtraction

(vo – vto) [4.31].

As soon as the signals are captured, an analog to digital conversion is needed to

further analyze the signals oscillation frequencies in the digital domain, in order to

determine the pressure that is being measured by the pressure sensors. The reader circuit is

connected to an analog to digital converter (ADC) that in turn is linked to a PC. The PC

controls the ADC operation and performs a FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) to determine the

main frequencies of the signals.

Page 141: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

110

4.2.3 Finite Element Modeling

Finite element modeling (FEM) was used in order to simulate the mechanical domain of

the flexible pressure sensors. The developed FEM model uses a structural physical domain

that computes the bending of the diaphragms due to applied pressure.

A commercial FEM solver, ANSYS software (multiphysics), was used as simulation

tool. The purpose of analysis was to validate the proposed mechanical model by verifying

the deformation of the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite membranes (diaphragm) due to the

applied external pressure.

4.2.3.1 Simulation Setup of Pressure Sensors

A 3D model of the flexible pressure sensors with different dielectric dimensions was

constructed using solid elements. The assessment of the deformation was performed using

three different models, with the same external dimensions but varying the dielectric

sidelength. As the pressure sensor is composed of three membranes, the analyzed model

had a length of 15 mm, a width of 15 mm and a thickness of 200 µm, for all three

membranes. Regarding the middle membrane that composes the pressure sensor (defining

the dielectric due to the hole in the center), the dimensions of the dielectric were changed

and present a total area of 4 x 4 mm2, 6 x 6 mm

2 and 8 x 8 mm

2 (that will be referred as S4,

S6 and S8, respectively). Figure 4.6 presents an example of the models used in the FEM

simulations.

Figure 4.6: Flexible pressure sensor (S6) model for FEM simulations.

Page 142: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

111

The properties of both A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite and pure PDMS membranes

used for the simulation were obtained from the mechanical characterization performed and

presented in chapter 3 and are presented in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Materials’ properties of the pressure sensors used in FEM simulations.

Property Description Value

PDMS A-CNTs/PDMS

Ex Young’s modulus x direction

0.8 MPa

1.7 MPa

Ey Young’s modulus y direction 8.1 MPa

Ez Young’s modulus z direction 1.7 MPa

υxy

Poisson’s ratio 0.4

0.05

υyz 0.24

υxz 0.26

Gyz Shear modulus 0.25 MPa 0.24 MPa

The selected mesh control for the models was element size type with 0.25 mm along

the length, width and 0.2 mm along the thickness. The boundary condition for the

rectangular edges of the models was fixed in all directions, causing a null displacement in

the x-, y- and z-directions. Atmospheric pressure (P0) was considered inside the dielectric

and a pressure (Pout) was applied onto the square faces of the model, as shown in Figure

4.7.

Figure 4.7: Model showing the mesh type, boundary conditions and applied pressure.

Page 143: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

112

4.2.3.2 Simulation Results

The simulation parameters used for all models were the same, varying only the

dimensions of the dielectric. Atmospheric pressure of 101 kPa was assumed in the

dielectric cavity and a pressure of 100 kPa was applied onto external surfaces of the

pressure sensor. When Pout is applied, the air retained inside the cavity pushes the

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite membranes, deforming the sensor as shown in Figure 4.8.

Figure 4.9 presents a comparison between underwent displacements for different dielectric

dimensions after application of the pressure Pout.

Page 144: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

113

Figure 4.8: Diaphragm deformation in the y-axis. a) dielectric size of 4x4 mm2, b) dielectric size of

6x6 mm2 and c) dielectric size of 8x8 mm

2.

Figure 4.9: Displacement of pressure sensors with different dielectric dimension after applying the

pressure Pout.

Analysis of the FEM results show that an important characteristic of the sensor

behaviour is the sensitivity dependence on the applied outside pressure (Pout), where small

changes of pressure (ΔP) can cause large difference in the displacement, depending of the

dielectric size. If the last bonding step of the flexible sensor is performed in a pressure

Page 145: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

114

controlled environment, P0 can be controlled which allows the realization of sensors with

different sensitivities.

When 100 kPa is applied onto the external surfaces of the flexible pressure sensor

their electrodes deform, corresponding to a maximum displacement of 0.259 mm,

0.533 mm and 0.757 mm, for the sensor with a dielectric area of 4x4 mm2, 6x6 mm

2 and

8x8 mm2, respectively.

Since the proposed analytical mechanical model considers only isotropic materials,

FEM simulations using isotropic properties were also performed, in order to validate the

maximum displacement given by equation (4.2) as well as the displacement along the

sensors’ diaphragm, given by the trial functions (4.3) and (4.4).

Table 4.2 shows the values of the isotropic properties used in the new FEM

simulations. Figure 4.10 gives a comparison of the displacements obtained for both

isotropic and orthotropic material properties, as well as a comparison of the FEM

simulations with the analytical model.

Table 4.2: Isotropic material’s properties of the pressure sensors used in FEM simulations.

Property Description Value

E Young´s modulus 1.7 MPa

υ Poisson’s ratio 0.05

G Shear modulus 0.24 MPa

Page 146: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

115

Figure 4.10: Displacement of pressure sensors for both orthotropic and isotropic material

properties. Sensors with: a) dielectric size of 4x4 mm2, b) dielectric size of 6x6 mm

2 and c)

dielectric size of 8x8 mm2.

The results presented in Figure 4.10 show that the displacement curves of the FEM

simulations present similar behaviour in which the small differences regarding the

maximum displacement are due to the material’s properties used in the model.

In this case, where isotropic properties are used, applying an outside pressure of

100 kPa onto the external surfaces of the pressure sensor, their electrodes present a

Page 147: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

116

maximum displacement of 0.266 mm, 0.542 mm and 0.776 mm, for the sensor with a

dielectric area of 4x4 mm2, 6x6 mm

2 and 8x8 mm

2, respectively.

The analytical models show a behaviour similar to the FEM simulations. The small

differences between the two models can be due to the fact that the analytical model

considers only the deformation in the dielectric region, while the FEM models consider the

total length of the pressure sensor. Nevertheless, FEM simulations for both isotropic and

orthotropic materials compare relatively well with the analytical models, mainly for higher

dielectric areas. Also, it is clear that the property values of the materials are an important

factor to obtain a more realistic approach of the total displacement of the flexible pressure

sensor, mainly when the sensors have larger dielectric dimensions. Thus, isotropic material

properties are a good approximation for modeling the pressure sensors, validating the

proposed analytical mechanical model.

4.4 Development of Flexible Pressure Sensor

This section describes the fabrication process developed to build the flexible pressure

sensors. The final sensor comprises three thin membranes made of A-CNTs/PDMS

nanocomposites and pure PDMS, bonded by a thin layer of uncured PDMS.

4.4.1 Fabrication Process

The proposed fabrication process to develop the flexible pressure sensor uses vertically

aligned carbon nanotubes (A-CNTs) to build the conductive elements, namely the

capacitor electrodes, embedded in a flexible substrate of PDMS.

The schematic of the fabrication process to obtain a single nanocomposite membrane

was already presented in Chapter 3 (in the §3.3, Figure 3.4). For the pure PDMS

membranes new acrylic molds were produced, in order to obtain a PDMS membrane with

a cavity (dielectric) in the center. Figure 4.11 shows the mold fabricated and used to build

the pure PDMS membranes.

Page 148: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

117

Figure 4.11: Fabricated acrylic molds to build the pure PDMS membranes (dimensions in mm).

Posterior to the characterization of both A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite and pure

PDMS materials, the flexible capacitive sensors were assembled for sensor

characterization.

The pressure sensor is composed of three thin membranes: two membranes (top and

bottom) of nanocomposites defining the electrodes (each membrane has ~ 1 % CNTs

volume fraction) and a membrane of pure PDMS (middle layer containing a cavity) to

separate the electrodes and to define the capacitor dielectric. The final configuration of the

flexible pressure sensor is schematically represented in Figure 4.12.

Figure 4.12: Schematic of the flexible pressure sensor composed of three thin membranes (top and

bottom layers are A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites and the middle one is made of pure PDMS).

In order to achieve the final configuration a bonding process is required.

Eddings et al. [4.32] tested five different bonding techniques and the highest reported bond

Page 149: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

118

strength was obtained for both partial curing and uncured PDMS adhesive techniques. The

latter approach was used with proven success in the fabrication of the flexible pressure

sensors. Figure 4.13 shows both digital and microscopic images of an A-CNTs/PDMS

assembled pressure sensor, with a dielectric area of 3.9 x 9 mm2.

Figure 4.13: Flexible pressure sensor. a) Digital image taken into the vacuum chamber and

b) optical image of the cross section (magnification: 0.67 x 6.7).

Several sensors with different dielectric sizes were assembled for testing. Figure 4.14

shows a device with 8 x 8 mm2 electrode size. The proposed technology proved to be

effective for the fabrication of the sensors, but still requires improvements for the inductors

fabrication (to enable a LC network for passive telemetry).

Figure 4.14: Digital image of fabricated pressure sensors showing its flexibility.

Page 150: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

119

4.5 Sensor Characterization and Results

4.5.1 Finite Element Model

The challenge of using finite element modeling to get the sensor total behaviour is the

simulation of coupled domains (mechanical and electrostatic) in order to first compute the

bending of the diaphragms due to applied pressure, followed by the calculation of the

capacitance.

In order to determine the capacitance changes for a given applied pressure on the

sensor, a fully parameterized model was developed using an APDL (ANSYS Parametric

Design Language) script. These simulations are normally performed in three steps:

Definition of the model parameters (geometry, material properties, boundary

conditions, applied loads, etc.), carried out using the preprocessor module;

Definition of the analysis type and method of calculation;

Review the results in the postprocessor module.

Figure 4.15 shows the model parameters used to calculate the capacitive changes of

various sensors. The dimensions and properties values used in the model are presented in

the Table 4.3.

Figure 4.15: Finite element model parameters.

Page 151: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

120

Table 4.3: Dimensions and material properties of the pressure sensors used in the FEM model.

Parameter Description Value

a Radius 4 mm

d0 Distance between electrodes 200 µm

t Diaphragm thickness 200 µm

P0 Pressure of the sensor cavity 101 kPa

Pout Applied pressure several

E Young’s modulus 1.7 MPa

υ Poisson’s ratio 0.26

εr Relative permittivity 1

ε0 Permittivity of the free space 8.854x10-12

F/m

ANSYS enables the use of several physical domains, where results from one physical

domain can be applied as a load on a different physical domain. The developed model uses

initially a structural physical domain that computes the bending due to applied pressure.

Then, the command dvmorph is issued and the non-structural areas are re-meshed (taking

into account the displacement of the diaphragm due to pressure applied). Finally, an

electrostatic physical domain is used to calculate the capacitance. An overview of the used

FEM algorithm is shown in Figure 4.16.

An example of a meshed model using the dimensions and material properties listed

in Table 4.3 is presented in Figure 4.17. The bending results are presented in Figure 4.18.

Page 152: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

121

Figure 4.16: Finite element modeling algorithm for coupled domain analysis.

Figure 4.17: Example of the obtained mesh model.

Structural Model

Structural model with all physical

requirements

(physics, write, STRUCTURE)

Electrostatic Model

Electrostatic model with all physical

requirements

(physics, write, ELECTRO)

Read in first physics

environment

(physics, read, STRUCTURE)

Solve for first physics environment

(/SOLU)

Re-mesh non-structural volumes

(DVMORPH)

Read in second physics

environment

(physics, read, ELECTRO)

Solve for second physics environment

(/SOLU)

Page 153: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

122

Figure 4.18: Bending profile for the applied pressure Pout (100kPa).

4.5.2 Capacity and Pressure Changes Measurement

Fabricated A-CNTs/PDMS prototype flexible pressure sensors were tested in a vacuum

chamber. The tested sensors have a mechanical thickness of 675 µm (425 µm of A-

CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite plus 250 µm of pure PDMS, used for uncured PDMS

bonding) and a dielectric air thickness of 250 µm (in fact the total dielectric gap is 750 µm,

resulting from the pure PDMS layers used for bonding) which result in a sensor with a total

thickness of 1.6 mm (675 µm + 250 µm + 675 µm). The area of the electrodes is 8 x 8 mm2

(W x L). In spite of the low sensor resolution, since the geometry was not optimized (the

devices were at a proof-of-concept stage), the sensors were mounted inside a controlled

pressure chamber (the dielectric is hermetically sealed at ambient pressure) in order to

measure the capacitive changes (a LCR meter was used to measure the capacity changes).

The results are presented in Figure 4.19.

FEM was used to build an electromechanical model of the pressure sensor and

simulation results were compared with the experimental measured data and analytical

model of the capacitive sensor. In both models, the nanocomposite membranes were

modeled as an orthotropic material with the values retrieved from the mechanical tests.

Page 154: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

123

Figure 4.19: Capacitive changes vs. pressure changes, assuming ambient pressure inside the

dielectric.

Analysis of the results show that both analytical and FEM models compare relatively

well, although is clear that the trial function is an important parameter for the model. The

experimental results are in reasonable agreement for high pressure differences (in terms of

rate of change), but the differences are significant for pressures around the ambient

pressure. Several reasons may contribute to these differences, such as geometry

asymmetries created during the fabrication process (most of the process is done manually

and therefore prone to dimensional variations from the designed ones), and uncertainty

regarding the actual pressure inside the hermetically sealed cavity. In fact, since small

pressure changes in the outside (Pout) cause large diaphragm deformations and large

deformations cause volume changes of the dielectric material (in this case the dielectric is

air), the pressure (P0) inside the dielectric will change (from the ideal gas law

).

In order to capture this behaviour, the existing analytical model was extended and an

iterative model using the flowchart presented in Figure 4.20 was implemented in

MATLAB.

Page 155: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

124

Pout

Maximum deflection = f (P0-Pout)

Volume = f (Maximum deflection)

Pressure = f (Volume)

ΔC = C0-C (Maximum deflection)

Yes

No

Increase P0 Decrease P0

Yes

No

P0

Figure 4.20: Iterative algorithm to compute the capacitive changes of flexible pressure sensors.

A new group of fabricated pressure sensors, with different dimensions, was again

used for sensor characterization (these sensors did not include the inductor). In order to

measure the capacitive changes, a pressure chamber existent at Department of Polymer

Engineering (DEP) facilities was adapted for this type of experiments. Figure 4.21 shows a

3D drawing of the pressure chamber personalized for the capacitive changes measurement.

During the tests, the sensors were placed inside the pressure chamber and a LCR

meter (Philips PM6304) was used to measure the capacitive changes. A reference pressure

sensor (Keller PAA 21R) was also used for data comparison. LCR meter (10 fF resolution)

and reference pressure sensor outputs where acquired at a sampling frequency of 1.6 Hz

and the data was stored in a PC for later comparison.

Page 156: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

125

Figure 4.21: 3D drawing of the pressure chamber personalized for the capacitive changes

measurement of the flexible sensors.

Several sensors with different diaphragm geometries and thicknesses were tested and

static responses of three devices were compared with the sensor analytical model. Figure

4.22 shows the measured sensors capacitance versus pressure transfer characteristic, for

pressures ranging from 0 kPa to 100 kPa.

From the results it can be seen that the pressure sensors characteristic fits very well

that predicted by the analytical model and that it shows relatively good linearity,

specifically in the region close to the sensor’s reference (atmospheric pressure).

Page 157: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

126

Figure 4.22: Experimental results and comparison with analytical model. a) Area of the dielectric

is 4 x 4 mm2 and the distance between electrodes is 320 µm, b) area of the dielectric is 5 x 5 mm

2

and the distance between electrodes is 130 µm and c) area of the dielectric is 8 x 8 mm2 and the

distance between electrodes is 210 µm.

Response of the sensors was also measured for both decreasing and increasing

pressure steps (within the 0 – 100 kPa range) for the sensor with a dielectric area of

5 x 5 mm2 and a distance between electrodes of 130 µm. Dynamic pressure sensing cover

applications where there is an interest in monitoring changes in pressure over small time

intervals. A sample result is presented in Figure 4.23.

Page 158: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

127

Figure 4.23: Dynamic response of the flexible pressure sensor.

Results show a very long time response for increasing pressure steps. In this case, the

tensioned nanocomposites are returning to the rest position, and due to the viscoelastic

behaviour of the nanocomposites, strain takes additional time to disappear which explains

the observed step curves.

The agreement between the modeling and experimental results is very good and

validate the presented modeling approach. The large deformation of the flexible

membranes used for the pressure sensor fabrication cause large volume changes within the

dielectric cavity, which need to be included in the model.

Both the model and experimental results show a linear response of the capacitive

sensor over a large pressure range. This behaviour is not observed in traditional silicon

Page 159: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

128

pressure sensors (the deformations are very small in this case) and can be explored for the

realization of pressure sensors with improved linear response and extended dynamic range.

Sensitivities ranging from 2.5 to 20 fF/kPa were obtained for different electrode

dimensions and the dynamic response of the devices show a dual behaviour, i.e., the

behaviour response time of the sensor during a pressure decreasing step is lower than for a

pressure increasing step. This is explained by the viscoelastic nature of the PDMS-based

nanocomposites used for fabrication of the capacitive sensor electrodes. These results also

validate the novel technology used for the fabrication on thin, flexible capacitive pressure

sensors.

4.6 Summary

A technology based on A-CNTs embedded in a flexible matrix of PDMS was successfully

applied in the development of flexible pressure sensors. The development of a flexible

remote pressure measurement system based on inductive-coupling, including its design,

fabrication of the sensor and performance characterization of the sensor was presented in

this chapter.

FEM simulations performed using both isotropic and orthotropic materials properties

compare relatively well, suggesting that isotropic material characteristics are a good

approach for modeling the capacitive pressure sensors and thus, it validates the proposed

mechanical model.

Flexible capacitive pressure sensors fabricated with PDMS-based nanocomposites

were experimentally characterized and results compared with simulations from both

analytical and FEM models. The high flexibility of the membranes for small pressure

difference must be accounted for and the initial model was improved to capture this

behaviour. Static responses of the tested flexible pressure sensors revealed reasonably good

linearity in the range of 0 – 100 kPa, mainly in the region near to the atmospheric pressure.

On the other hand, dynamic response of pressure sensors measured in the same range

presented two distinct comportments, justified by the viscoelastic behaviour of the

PDMS-based nanocomposites used in the pressure sensor. In addition, for the tested

pressure sensors (with different electrode dimensions), sensitivities in the range of

2.5 – 20 fF/kPa were obtained.

Page 160: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

129

In summary, fabricated pressure sensors validate the newly developed technology

and showed that A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites can be used to create highly flexible

pressure sensors. The presented flexible pressure measurement system demonstrates that

with proper technological developments, novel interesting applications might follow with

this new technology and, possibly, to extend the principle to other fields of difficult local

readout.

Page 161: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

130

References

[4.1] T. F. Marinis, “The future of MEMS,” in Proceedings of the 2007 SEM Annual

Conference and Exposition on Experimental and Applied Mechanics, 2007,

p. (24 pp).

[4.2] S. M. Sze, Semiconductor sensors. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1994,

p. (550 pp).

[4.3] S. D. Senturia, Microsystem design. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2000.

[4.4] A. Astaras, M. Ahmadian, N. Aydin, L. Cui, E. Johannessen, T. Tang, L. Wang, T.

Arslan, S. P. Beaumont, B. W. Flynn, A. F. Murray, S. W. Reid, J. M. Cooper,

and D. R. S. Cumming, “A Miniature Integrated Electronics Sensor Capsule for

Real-Time Monitoring of the Gastrointestinal Tract (IDEAS),” in CBME 2002:

“The Bio-Era: New Challenges, New Frontiers”, 2002, p. (2 pp).

[4.5] B. B. Flick and R. Orglmeister, “A portable microsystem-based telemetric pressure

and temperature measurement unit,” IEEE transactions on bio-medical

engineering, vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 12–16, Jan. 2000.

[4.6] W. P. Eaton and J. H. Smith, “Micromachined pressure sensors: review and recent

developments,” Smart Materials and Structures, vol. 6, no. 5, pp. 530–539,

Oct. 1997.

[4.7] B. Bae, B. R. Flachsbart, K. Park, and M. A. Shannon, “Design optimization of a

piezoresistive pressure sensor considering the output signal-to-noise ratio,”

Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering, vol. 14, no. 12,

pp. 1597–1607, Dec. 2004.

[4.8] R. Singh and F. N. C. Mok, “A silicon piezoresistive pressure sensor,” in

Proceedings First IEEE International Workshop on Electronic Design, Test and

Applications ’2002, 2002, pp. 181–184.

[4.9] I. Obieta and F. J. Gracia, “Sputtered silicon thin films for piezoresistive pressure

microsensors,” Sensors and Actuators A: Physical, vol. 42, no. 1, pp. 685–688,

1994.

[4.10] T. Salo, K.-U. Kirstein, J. Sedivý, J. Grünenfelder, T. Vancura, G. Zünd, and H.

Baltes, “Continuous blood pressure monitoring utilizing a CMOS tactile sensor,”

Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society, 2004. IEMBS ’04. 26th Annual

International Conference of the IEEE, vol. 3, pp. 2326–2329, Jan. 2004.

[4.11] S. Wang and Y. Feng, “Micro capacitive vacuum sensor based on MEMS,” in 2010

IEEE 5th International Conference on Nano/Micro Engineered and Molecular

Systems, 2010, pp. 1160–1164.

Page 162: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

131

[4.12] C.-T. Ko, J.-P. Wu, W.-C. Wang, C.-H. Huang, S.-H. Tseng, Y.-L. Chen, and M.

S.-C. Lu, “A Highly Sensitive CMOS-MEMS Capacitive Tactile Sensor,” in

19th IEEE International Conference on Micro Electro Mechanical Systems,

2006, pp. 642–645.

[4.13] T. Fujimori, Y. Hanaoka, and H. Fukuda, “Above-IC integration of capacitive

pressure sensor fabricated with CMOS interconnect processes,” in 2007 IEEE

20th International Conference on Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS),

2007, pp. 43–46.

[4.14] Y. Hezarjaribi, M. N. Hamidon, S. H. Keshmiri, and A. R. Bahadorimehr,

“Capacitive pressure sensors based on MEMS, operating in harsh

environments,” in 2008 IEEE International Conference on Semiconductor

Electronics, 2008, pp. 184–187.

[4.15] J. Wibbeler, G. Pfeifer, and M. Hietschold, “Parasitic charging of dielectric

surfaces in capacitive microelectromechanical systems (MEMS),” Sensors and

Actuators A: Physical, vol. 71, no. 1, pp. 74–80, 1998.

[4.16] L. Ascari, P. Corradi, L. Beccai, and C. Laschi, “A miniaturized and flexible

optoelectronic sensing system for tactile skin,” Journal of Micromechanics and

Microengineering, vol. 17, no. 11, pp. 2288–2298, Nov. 2007.

[4.17] F. Jiang, G.-B. Lee, Y.-C. Tai, and C.-M. Ho, “A flexible micromachine-based

shear-stress sensor array and its application to separation-point detection,”

Sensors and Actuators A: Physical, vol. 79, no. 3, pp. 194–203, 2000.

[4.18] J. Engel, J. Chen, and C. Liu, “Development of polyimide flexible tactile sensor

skin,” Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering, vol. 13, no. 3,

pp. 359–366, May 2003.

[4.19] H.-K. Lee, S.-I. Chang, and E. Yoon, “A Flexible Polymer Tactile Sensor:

Fabrication and Modular Expandability for Large Area Deployment,” Journal of

Microelectromechanical Systems, vol. 15, no. 6, pp. 1681–1686, Dec. 2006.

[4.20] K. Noda, K. Hoshino, K. Matsumoto, and I. Shimoyama, “A shear stress sensor for

tactile sensing with the piezoresistive cantilever standing in elastic material,”

Sensors and Actuators A: Physical, vol. 127, no. 2, pp. 295–301, 2006.

[4.21] T. Hoshi and H. Shinoda, “Robot skin based on touch-area-sensitive tactile

element,” in Proceedings 2006 IEEE International Conference on Robotics and

Automation, ICRA 2006, pp. 3463–3468.

[4.22] H.-K. Lee, J. Chung, S.-I. Chang, and E. Yoon, “Normal and Shear Force

Measurement Using a Flexible Polymer Tactile Sensor With Embedded Multiple

Capacitors,” Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems, vol. 17, no. 4, pp.

934–942, Aug. 2008.

Page 163: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Fabrication and Characterization of Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

132

[4.23] R. Rajamani and A. G. Erdman, “Flexible Tactile Sensor for Tissue Elasticity

Measurements,” Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems, vol. 18, no. 6,

pp. 1226–1233, Dec. 2009.

[4.24] H.-K. Kim, S.-G. Lee, J.-E. Han, T.-R. Kim, S.-U. Hwang, S. D. Ahn, I.-K. You,

K.-I. Cho, T.-K. Song, and K.-S. Yun, “Transparent and flexible tactile sensor

for multi touch screen application with force sensing,” in TRANSDUCERS 2009

- 2009 International Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems

Conference, 2009, pp. 1146–1149.

[4.25] D.-W. Lee and Y.-S. Choi, “A novel pressure sensor with a PDMS diaphragm,”

Microelectronic Engineering, vol. 85, no. 5–6, pp. 1054–1058, 2008.

[4.26] B. Mahar, C. Laslau, R. Yip, and Y. Sun, “Development of Carbon Nanotube-

Based Sensors - A Review,” IEEE Sensors Journal, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 266–284,

Feb. 2007.

[4.27] H.-L. Chau and K. D. Wise, “Scaling limits in batch-fabricated silicon pressure

sensors,” IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. 34, no. 4, pp. 850–858,

Apr. 1987.

[4.28] S. D. Senturia, Microsystem Design. New York: Kluwer Academic Publishers,

2001, p. (689 pp).

[4.29] C. Oliveira, N. Almeida, and J. da Silva, “A stent-graft endoleakage monitor:

Telemetry system based on inductive-coupling transmission for implantable

pressure sensors,” in Bioengineering (ENBENG), 2013 IEEE 3rd Portuguese

Meeting in, 2013, pp. 1–4.

[4.30] C. C. Oliveira, A. T. Sepúlveda, N. Almeida, B. L. Wardle, J. M. da Silva, and L.

A. Rocha, “Implantable Flexible Pressure Measurement System Based on

Inductive Coupling,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 2013.

Submitted.

[4.31] A. T. Sepúlveda, A. Moreira, F. Fachin, B. L. Wardle, J. M. da Silva, A. J. Pontes,

J. C. Viana, and L. A. Rocha, “Inductive-Coupling System for Abdominal Aortic

Aneurysms Monitoring Based on Pressure Sensing,” MME 2010 - 21st

Micromechanics and Microsystems Europe Workshop. University of Twente,

Enschede, The Netherlands, 27-29 September, pp. 92–95, 2010.

[4.32] M. A. Eddings, M. A. Johnson, and B. K. Gale, “Determining the optimal

PDMS–PDMS bonding technique for microfluidic devices,” Journal of

Micromechanics and Microengineering, vol. 18, no. 6, p. 067001 (4 pp),

Jun. 2008.

Page 164: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Chapter 5

Biomedical Applications: Case

Study – Abdominal Aortic

Aneurysms

The use of flexible sensors technology in biomedical applications is presented in this

chapter. Sensors are developed and characterized in the context of abdominal aortic

aneurysms (AAAs), supporting the importance of wireless flexible pressure sensors in the

treatment and diagnosis of patients with this type of disease.

First, an introduction and background on AAAs, including their causes and treatment

options is given. The existing implantable pressure sensors, including those currently used

in the treatment of AAAs, as well as the proposal of a new smart stent-graft, is presented in

§5.3. Section §5.4 introduces the development of a flexible pressure measurement system

based on inductive-coupling for monitoring of post–EVAR procedure. Finally, §5.5

presents the experimental results of the flexible pressure measurement system’s

performance, evaluated through measurement setups to obtain the sensors characteristic

curve and emulate the end use of the system.

Page 165: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

134

5.1 Introduction

During the past forty years, significant advances have been made in the prevention,

diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular diseases. According to the World Health

Organization (WHO), 17.5 million people died due to cardiovascular diseases in 2005,

representing

30 % of all global deaths. It is estimated that in 2015, 20 million of people will die from

this type of diseases, mainly from heart attacks and strokes [5.1].

In spite of the great progress at all technological levels, the morbidity and mortality

from cardiovascular diseases continue to represent a high burden [5.2]. Nowadays, the

medical device industry is well characterized regarding the innovation and development of

new devices. These continuous advances are expected to improve patients’ life expectancy

and quality of life [5.3].

This chapter initially presents an overview of abdominal aortic aneurysms and the

main available treatment options for this serious disease. Next, the state-of-the-art on

implantable pressure sensors, and the development and experimental characterization of a

pressure monitoring system based on flexible sensors are presented.

5.2 Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm

An abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA) is a silent and hard to detect but very dangerous

arterial problem. An aneurysm can be defined as a bulging or ballooning of an artery

fraction caused by the weakening of its walls, having at least a 50 % increase in diameter

compared with the healthy one [5.4], as shown in Figure 5.1.

It is estimated that 12 per 100 000 persons-year [5.5] are affected by this serious

condition, values that are expected to increase with the rise in life’s expectancy. An

aneurysm can appear in several regions, but they most frequently occur in the aorta and

currently is one of the most common causes of death in the western world, particularly

among men aged over 65 [5.6]. If left untreated, AAAs may burst or rupture causing shock

and even death, due to massive blood loss [5.7]. However, when timely detected, most

AAAs can be repaired to prevent rupture.

Page 166: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

135

Figure 5.1: Illustrations of: a) normal aorta, b) thoracic aortic aneurysm (TAA) and c) abdominal

aortic aneurysm (AAA).

The size of AAAs ranges from < 4 cm in diameter to > 8 cm and the risk of rupture

increases as larger is the aneurysm’s diameter. Table 5.1 gives the estimated risk of rupture

per year of AAAs according to its dimensions. However, not only the diameter of AAAs

represents a risk factor. There are many other factors found to influence the risk of rupture

of AAAs, such as atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries), hypertension, smoking,

family history, gender, etc.

Table 5.1: Estimated annual risk of rupture of AAAs for a given diameter [5.8].

AAA diameter (cm) Risk of rupture (% per year)

< 4 0

4 – 4.9 0.5 to 5

5 – 5.9 3 to 15

6 – 6.9 10 to 20

7 – 8 20 to 40

> 8 30 to 50

Page 167: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

136

All of the risk factors mentioned above play effects through localized inflammatory

changes, resulting in degradation of extracellular matrix and apoptosis (process of

programmed cell death – PCD) of vascular smooth muscle cells. These changes are called

medial degeneration of the aortic wall and its precise pathogenesis is not fully understood

[5.9]. Figure 5.2 presents a diagram showing the different stages of AAA degeneration, in

agreement with Thompson et al. [5.10].

Figure 5.2: Different stages of AAA degeneration. Used with permission and adapted from

reference [5.10] (Thompson RW et al. Current Problems in Surgery 2002; 39: 110-230,

Copyright (2002) Elsevier).

5.2.1 Current Available Treatment Options

Nowadays, there are two effective methods to treat AAAs: the reconstruction of the

aorta – open surgery [5.11] and the endovascular aneurysms repair – EVAR [5.12].

Since the early 1950’s, aneurysms’ standard treatment has consisted of an open

surgery (done under general anesthesia) and the replacement of damaged section of the

aorta by a synthetic prosthetic graft (Figure 5.3) through a surgical procedure (a large

incision in the abdomen) [5.11]. This method is often traumatic for the patient (with, e.g.,

cardiac and pulmonary side effects) and presents, between others, prolonged

hospitalization and long time to recover [5.13]. Furthermore, although being effective it is

Page 168: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

137

associated with a significant (4% to 5%) morbidity and mortality rate [5.14]. However, in

spite of its invasiveness and the fact of being limited to fit patients, this treatment is still a

current practice and less invasive techniques, namely total laparoscopy and assisted

laparoscopy, are being studied to minimize its disadvantages [5.15].

Figure 5.3: Open surgery technique for AAAs to insert a synthetic graft.

In the beginning of the 1990’s, Juan Parodi and colleagues executed for the first time

an endovascular aneurysm repair in Argentina, and demonstrated that the technique was a

safe and feasible practice [5.15, 5.16]. This surgical procedure is done percutaneously and

it is a minimally invasive procedure (Figure 5.4), where the goal is to prevent aneurysm

rupture by exclusion of the aneurysm sac from systemic pressure.

Figure 5.4: Stent-graft deployment sequence in the endovascular aneurysm repair (EVAR)

procedure.

Page 169: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

138

Typically, a small incision is made in each groin to expose the femoral arteries.

Then, with the aid of catheters and guide-wires, a stent-graft is guided from the femoral

artery to the affected segment, allowing blood to pass without exerting pressure in the

aneurysm sac and, thus, preventing progressive wall expansion and rupture [5.17, 5.18].

Since EVAR was proposed by [5.12] it has become widely accepted due to its main

advantages, such as decreased blood loss, less physiological derangement, lower morbidity

and mortality and more rapid recovery than that required for the open surgery [5.20].

Comparing both procedures, EVAR is preferable due to the fact of being less stressful and

reducing significantly systemic complications [5.21], as well as having lower costs

associated to the hospital stays and less or no need for intensive care facilities during

recovery.

The durability of open surgery, established with long-term follow-up studies, is

excellent [5.21], and there is little or no requirement for long-term surveillance, in contrast

with EVAR whose current results suggest that there is a need for increased surveillance

and reintervention [5.21, 5.22]. Considering the longer life expectancies and the rising

public expectations for quality of life, the costs associated to the follow-up can jeopardize

EVAR’s effectiveness. Figure 5.5 gives a comparison of the approximate costs per patient

for both open surgery and EVAR techniques.

Figure 5.5: Open repair and EVAR estimated costs per patient (Adapted from [5.24]).

Page 170: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

139

5.2.2 Actual Stent-Grafts Main Problems and Needs for Pressure Monitoring of

AAAs

When EVAR was introduced, it revolutionized the treatment of aortic aneurysms.

However, and in spite of major advances in EVAR techniques, adverse reactions still occur

[5.25] and lifelong surveillance is recommended [5.26]. Due to these complications,

currently, questions are being raised regarding the follow-up costs [5.27] and alternative

approaches, such as a smart stent-graft, are being pursued.

Stent-grafts are frequently used for the treatment of AAAs. Both in Europe and in the

USA, stent-grafts are classified as class III medical devices. They are composed of a

metallic scaffold with a polymeric covering membrane. While early devices were custom

designed for each patient by the operating surgeon assembling off-the-shelf components,

nowadays several commercially devices are available. However, despite improvements in

stent-graft technologies over the last decade, there are some post-surgery problems that

still occur, such as graft migration, stent fracture, enlargement of the aneurysm sac and,

one of the most frequent complications is the occurrence of endoleaks. Table 5.2 presents

some of EVAR’s problems involving stent-grafts.

Table 5.2: Complications involving stent-grafts (Adapted from [5.25]).

Early complications Late complications

Graft kink Graft migration

Endoleaks Neck dilatation

Graft explantation Endoleaks

Structural failure Structural failure: component separation, fabric

tears, hook fractures Graft infection

Endoleak, or leakage, is defined as a persistent blood flow into the residual aneurysm

sac after EVAR [5.28]. Golzarian and Valenti classified the possible causes of endoleaks

into five types [5.29]:

Page 171: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

140

Type I – Endoleaks occur due to malpositioning of the stent-graft, type of

endograft, migration from the desired position, and stent-grafts’ design and

dimensions;

Type II – Endoleaks are related with aneurismal expansion and rupture;

Type III – Endoleaks occur due to structural failure of the stent-graft;

Type IV – Endoleaks through the porosity of the graft material;

Type V – Endoleaks are related to the continued aneurysm expansion, which can

happen when they are not diagnosed.

Due to anomalies that can occur after the stent-graft placement, namely endoleaks,

EVAR requires an expensive surveillance protocol using ultrasound and computer

tomography angiography (CTA) at 1, 6, and 12 months after the procedure, and thereafter

on an annual basis [5.30], magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and magnetic resonance

angiography (MRA) scans. Ultrasonography, besides allowing measuring the aneurysm

sac, is effective in the detection of endoleaks but, even with enhanced sensitivity obtained

with the use of contrast agents, requires a skilled technician to interpret the exams. Also,

the most currently used methods expose the patients to carcinogenic risks or are

incompatible with some stent-grafts, and are prone to error [5.31]. Furthermore, these

imaging protocols only give information about diameter and volume changes and presence

of contrast inside the aneurysm sac, and have a low sensitivity [5.30]. In addition, these

exams are considered time consuming, expensive and do not provide measures of the

pressure inside the aneurysm sac, valuable information that can reveal the presence of

low-flow endoleaks [5.32].

In order to reduce and even eliminate these exams, new approaches based on the

monitoring of the aneurysm intra-sac pressure have been studied, and some solutions

proposed in the literature [5.33, 5.34]. Indeed, the pressure in the walls and in the

aneurysm sac is one of the most important indicators for supervising post-EVAR patients

and, direct intrasac pressure measurement outperforms imaging techniques in ascertaining

either the complete AAA exclusion or the need for future interventions [5.35].

Remote pressure monitoring systems [5.28] and results of clinical observation using

these systems have been published [5.36], showing that the use of wirelessly accessed

pressure sensors provide useful post-EVAR endovascular leaks observation and help

Page 172: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

141

guiding clinical therapy. Nevertheless, its use is still not a standard procedure because it

currently requires invasive methods.

The first wireless monitoring systems relied on a pressure sensor placed between the

stent-graft and aneurysm walls, after the placement of the stent-graft. With the systems

presented in [5.34, 5.37] the pressure sensor makes part of the stent itself, benefiting from

advancements on stent’s technology and their delivery and implementation procedures.

5.3 Measurement of Aneurysm Sac Pressure

None of the medical imaging exams presently used provides measures of the pressure

inside the aneurysm sac. This information is important because can be evidence of

endoleaks or endotension [5.32].

Published data describe the use of catheters to measure pressure in the residual

aneurysm sac [5.38]. However, although these methods provide precise measurements

[5.26], they are invasive and bear multiple risks.

An alternative method for the measurement of the aneurysm sac’s pressure is the

implant of remote pressure transducers during EVAR. This solution is advantageous since

measurements can be done when needed (hourly, weekly, etc.) in the patient’s home or

office instead of a hospital once or twice a year. Another important feature is the

possibility to measure both the mean pressure and the pulsatile pressure without increasing

risks for the patients.

In the next section, only the more recent research developments found in the

literature regarding blood pressure measurement are presented. Therefore, review on

long-term implantable pressure sensors will be divided into extra-arterial and intro-arterial

blood pressure devices, where the four telemetric pressure sensors proposed for EVAR

monitoring are described.

5.3.1 Extra-Arterial Blood Pressure Sensors

Extra-arterial blood pressure sensors are placed around the blood vessel and perform an

indirect pressure measurement through the wall or through the expansion and contraction

of the artery. Nevertheless, they require an invasive surgical procedure for their implant.

Page 173: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

142

In 2001, Ziaie and Najafi [5.39] proposed a tonometric blood pressure sensor with

improved stability, to measure the blood pressure in small animals. The device, based on a

miniature titanium cuff, surrounds and reshapes the blood vessel in order to improve the

contact between the pressure sensor and the arterial wall (Figure 5.6). With integrated

electronics for the capacitive readout, an assembled unit measures 10 x 6.5 x 3 mm3. The

device was tested using an elastomeric tube mimicking a blood vessel, which was

pressurized with air in a range of 0 – 200 mmHg. At 100 mmHg, in vitro tests of the cuff

system presented a sensitivity of 2.0 mV/mmHg and a resolution of 0.5 mmHg

(Figure 5.7).

Figure 5.6: Illustration of the basic principle of tonometric blood pressure measurement. Used with

permission from reference [5.39] (Ziaie B et al. Biomed Microdevices 2001; 3: 285-292,

Copyright (2001) Springer).

Figure 5.7: Photograph and sensor calibration curve of the tonometric pressure sensor. Used with

permission from reference [5.39] (Ziaie B et al. Biomed Microdevices 2001; 3: 285-292,

Copyright (2001) Springer).

Page 174: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

143

A new elastic cuff made of soft biocompatible rubber was proposed in 2004 by

Cong et al. [5.40]. In the presented monitoring system, a MEMS pressure sensor is

immersed in a biocompatible insulating fluid and placed inside the elastic cuff (Figure 5.8).

The MEMS sensor embedded in the cuff measures the vessel blood pressure waveform,

which corresponds to a scaled version of the blood pressure in the artery, independent of

the cuff bias pressure exerting on the vessel. In order to assess the feasibility of the

approach, a scaled up prototype system was developed to validate the concept.

Experimental results demonstrated that the pressure in a tube simulating a vessel can be

measured by a MEMS pressure sensor, proving the viability of the concept.

Figure 5.8: Implantable blood pressure sensor monitoring system and cross-section of the cuff

around the vessel. Used with permission from reference [5.40] (Cong P et al. Proceedings of IEEE

Sensors 2004; 3: 1359-1362, Copyright (2004) IEEE).

In 2006, the authors improved the sensor design [5.41] by introducing a rigid

isolation ring on the outside wall of the cuff (Figure 5.9). The rigid ring isolates the cuff

from environmental variations to suppress the baseline drift in the measured blood

pressure.

The sensor was experimented in vivo and compared to a commercial catheter-tip

transducer. The measured baseline drift of 0.6 mmHg was three times smaller in the new

configuration, when compared to the previous design. In addition, the authors concluded

that the proposed cuff-based sensing design is suitable for long-term implant applications

and can be certainly useful for human implant monitoring.

Page 175: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

144

Figure 5.9: Cross-section of new monitoring cuff and prototype of implantable blood pressure cuff

with rigid ring. Used with permission from reference [5.41] (Cong P et al. Conference of the IEEE

Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society 2006; 1: 1854-1857, Copyright (2006) IEEE).

Shin et al. [5.42] developed an implantable pressure sensor module mounted on a

flexible substrate using chip embedded flexible packaging (CEFP) technology, as shown in

Figure 5.10.

Figure 5.10: Schematic and photograph of flexible CEFP platform. Used with permission from

reference [5.42] (Shin K-Ho et al. Sensors and Actuators A: Physical 2005; 123-124: 30-35,

Copyright (2005) Elsevier).

The system is mechanically flexible, and can be attached to the outside of the blood

vessel to remotely monitor the blood pressure (Figure 5.11). Data from the device is

transmitted wirelessly, through an inductive coupling. Two gold electrodes are deposited

on the flexible substrate and placed around the blood vessel. The two electrodes can be

seen as a variable capacitor that is connected to an inductor, implementing a LC resonator.

Page 176: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

145

The device was tested on silicone rubber tubing, mimicking a blood vessel, and

experimental data indicates a sensitivity of 11.25 kHz/kPa.

Figure 5.11: Schematic and photograph of flexible blood pressure sensor module. Used with

permission from reference [5.42] (Shin K-Ho et al. Sensors and Actuators A: Physical 2005; 123-

124: 30-35, Copyright (2005) Elsevier).

5.3.2 Intro-Arterial Blood Pressure Sensors: Aneurysms

Intro-arterial blood pressure sensors refer to sensors that are in contact with the blood

stream, inside of the blood vessels. A few devices have been proposed for pressure

monitoring [5.43-5.46], but since the focus in this chapter are aneurysm pressure sensors,

only devices that measure the pressure within the aneurysm sac will be presented.

Impressure AAA Sac Pressure Transducer

In 2003, the Impressure AAA Sac Pressure Transducer or RemonAAA from Israel Remon

Medical Technologies (Figure 5.12) was the first permanently implantable,

ultrasound-activated remote pressure transducer to measure intrasac pressure after

endovascular aneurysm repair (EVAR) [5.47, 5.48].

The transducer, hand-sewn to the outside of a stent-graft, contains a piezoelectric

membrane that energizes a capacitor when actuated by ultrasound waves from a hand-held

probe. Once charged, the aneurysm sac pressure is measured followed by the generation of

an acoustic signal that is relayed to the hand-held probe. The probe then converts the

acoustic signal to a pressure waveform that is presented on a computer screen. In spite of

ultrasound being safe and widely used for medical imaging, the measurement requires the

Page 177: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

146

use of an ultrasonic gel and direct contact between the skin and the transducer. Another

drawback of this sensor is the impossibility of ultrasound to travel through air or bone,

which may lead to difficulties communicating with the aneurysm sac.

Figure 5.12: Impressure AAA sac pressure transducer (Remon Medical). Used with permission

from reference [5.48] (Ellozy SH et al. Journal of vascular surgery 2006; 43: 2-7,

Copyright (2006) Elsevier).

The Impressure sensor is small (3 x 9 x 1.5 mm3) and it is not very radiopaque, but

still visible. As the sensor is sewn to the stent-graft, the fixation location must be carefully

chosen in such a way that the sensor will measure the pressure inside the excluded

aneurysm sac without being pushed against the aneurysm wall. In October 2006, Remon

Medical Technologies announced the first European implant of the sensor.

EndoSure Wireless Pressure Sensor

The EndoSure Wireless Pressure Sensor (CardioMEMS, Inc., USA), Figure 5.13, is made

of two coils of copper wire within a fused silica matrix with a pressure sensitive surface.

Passive telemetry is used for the signal transfer between the external device and the

implant. Through inductive coupling, changes on the internal LC network (capacitor plus

inductor) resonance frequency are detected on the external coil.

The resonance frequency is related to the ambient pressure in which the sensor is

located, and specially-designed software transforms the frequency shift between systolic

and diastolic pressures into a wave form and pressure reading [5.49, 5.50]. As the

measurements are acquired via radio frequency (RF), there is no need for contact with the

patient’s skin or even the removal of the clothes, potentially allowing daily/weekly

sampling at home.

Page 178: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

147

Figure 5.13: EndoSure wireless pressure sensor (CardioMEMS, Inc.) [5.51].

The EndoSure sensor is deployed through its own delivery catheter (diameter

14 Fr/4.7 mm) during the EVAR procedure and has radiopaque markers to clearly define

its location within the aneurysm sac. Also, the sensor is cleared by the FDA for the

measuring of intrasac pressure during endovascular abdominal and thoracic aneurysm

repair.

A similar device from the same team, was presented by Fonseca et al. in [5.52]. The

authors reported the first two types of flexible micromachined wireless pressure sensors,

for both acute and chronic use. The device for acute use (Figure 5.14) is fabricated with

laminated sheets of cooper-clad liquid crystal polymer (LCP) and expanded

polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)-based inner bonding layers, while the sensor designed for

chronic use (Figure 5.15) is fabricated with both cooper-clad and non-clad PTFE layers,

fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) copolymer and an encapsulated ceramic chamber.

Both devices are flexible and can be folded into shapes capable for delivery in the body

using a catheter.

Figure 5.14: Flexible wireless pressure sensor for acute use [5.52].

Page 179: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

148

Figure 5.15: Flexible wireless pressure sensor for chronic use [5.52].

The device was successfully tested in canines over a 60-day period and a second

version of devices is expected to improve the sensor drift. The sensor is targeted for

abdominal aortic aneurysms (AAAs) monitoring and the development has clearly taken

into consideration the biocompatibility and a minimally invasive delivery.

TPS Telemetric Pressure Sensor

The TPS Telemetric Pressure Sensor (Figure 5.16) was developed by the

Helmholtz-Institute for Biomedical Engineering, RWTH Aachen in cooperation with the

Institute of Materials in Electrical Engineering, RWTH Aachen [5.52, 5.53].

Figure 5.16: TPS telemetric pressure sensor: system concept and readout station. Used with

permission from reference [5.54] (Springer F et al. European radiology 2007; 17: 2589-2597,

Copyright (2007) Springer).

Page 180: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

149

The TPS sensor consists of an implantable sensor capsule, with a radiopaque foil,

and an external readout station. The capsule, in turn, includes a capacitive absolute

pressure sensor and an in-capsule signal-processing microchip with an inductive telemetry

unit. As the measured data is completely pre-processed to a digital data stream in the

implant, possible errors during the transmission or caused from interferences between the

sensor and the external readout station can be diminished. Also, errors induced by

temperature changes can be registered and numerically corrected by an additional

integrated temperature sensor. Taking into account the requirements of medical implants,

the pressure sensor capsule comprises a biocompatible capsule-shaped silicon form and a

Parylene-C layer. This encapsulation system allows creating an enclosed covering and

assures the required stiffness. In addition, the sensor has fixation holes in both ends

allowing to be sutured to the outer wall of stent-graft or be introduced separately through a

catheter system.

The device has only been tested in an in vitro model but the results demonstrate that

this is a promising technology. Nonetheless, further clinical studies are required to evaluate

the TPS Telemetric Pressure Sensor’s durability and accuracy.

HYPER-IMS

The HYPER-IMS sensor (Figure 5.17) is being developed by Fraunhofer researchers

together with the company Medical Innovation GmbH and other partners in a

BMBF-funded project called “Hyper-IMS” (Intravascular Monitoring System for

Hypertension Patients) [5.55].

Figure 5.17: The HYPER-IMS implantable pressure sensor [5.56].

Page 181: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

150

The pressure sensor is a fully implantable device and telemetrically controlled

without battery, developed and evaluated for long-term post surgical pressure monitoring.

The newly sensor system design is subdivided into three units (Figure 5.18): a sensor-tip

that is made of a polyurethane tube (measuring 1.05 mm in diameter and 15 mm in length),

connected to a telemetric unit (measuring 17 mm in diameter and 3 mm in height) and a

extracorporeal reader unit. The telemetry and the sensor are connected via micro-cable and

the total dimensions of the system permit a minimal invasive procedure. The device was

evaluated in vivo, in six domestic sheep (weight 60 to 80 kg, 4 for acute experiments and 2

for chronic experiments) and in a vascular model [5.57]. Measurements showed promising

results, but long-term stability of the device in wet and corrosive environments is still

under evaluation.

Figure 5.18: HYPER-IMS blood pressure measurement system [5.58].

5.3.3 A New Proposal: Smart Stent-Graft

Up to now, existing sensors are randomly placed on the aneurysm sac and only provide

information, namely the pressure, regarding a single point. Thereby, it is expected that

joining sensing capabilities in a stent-graft will benefit the future of EVAR with a more

robust technology that enables the placement of more than one sensor, increasing the

sensitivity of the measurements and simplifying the deployment procedure.

A smart stent-graft can be defined as a stent-graft with some in-device mechanism to

perform a given function with communication capabilities to an external element.

Page 182: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

151

Although there is still no commercial device available, a smart stent-graft could be

decomposed in three elements: a stent-graft, a sensing element and a display.

The stent-graft, besides shielding the aneurysm from the blood pressure, has built-in

sensing elements that are able to gather information concerning the patient’s health and/or

the prosthesis performance. The information gathered is then sent to an external element

(a display) that can be used to diagnose the patient’s or in the comprehension of the

aneurysm’s sac behavior after the implementation of the stent-graft. Figure 5.19 shows the

main components necessary to build a smart stent-graft: a stent, a graft, a sensor

(or multiple sensors) and a readout system.

Figure 5.19: Smart stent-graft concept and main building blocks.

The work performed and shown here did not aim to build a smart stent-graft, but to

prove the feasibility of a smart stent-graft, by designing and fabricating the required

sensor(s). Since the novelty is not on the stent-graft itself, but on the added functionalities,

the main developments were directed towards the sensor development (Figure 5.20) and

telemetry system to improve the device’s reliability.

From the point of view of the sensor’s development, along with the sensor design, a

new fabrication method was devised to comply with the challenges raised by the

application. Due to the specificities of the application, the sensor must be:

Page 183: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

152

Thin – to fit inside the catheter without increasing catheter size;

Flexible – it must cross a tortuous path till the deployment site;

No internal power supply – the sensor should be able to operate with external

power;

Enable multiple sensors placement – to improve knowledge of aneurysm behavior

after EVAR procedure.

Figure 5.20: Main elements that compose the flexible pressure sensor: a flexible substrate made of

PDMS and the conductive elements based on A-CNTs.

5.3.3.1 Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensor Requirements

Research on implantable pressure sensors is very active and has been supported and

justified by the need of continuous pressure monitoring, as an early diagnostic mechanism

for some risk patients and for post-EVAR surveillance. Potkay [5.59] defined a set of

requirements for pressure sensors according to the problem to be addressed. In the case of

EVAR, the requirements of the pressure sensor are shown in Table 5.3.

After EVAR procedure, the aneurysm sac gets depressurized and the pressure drops

down to a few mmHg. A numerical study performed by Li and Kleinstreuer [5.60] shows

that after EVAR, the pressure inside the aneurysm sac is around 12 % of the current

luminal pressure. Therefore, if one wants to sense the luminal pressure value (which ranges

typically between 60 – 160 mmHg) through the aneurysm sac pressure, the sensor must be

able to measure pressures between 6 – 26 mmHg with a resolution of 0.1 mmHg. In

Page 184: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

153

addition, the sensor needs a high dynamic range in order to detect possible complications

(in this case the sac gets pressurized and pressure increases to the luminal pressure values).

Therefore, the sensor should be able to measure pressures above 100 mmHg in case of

aneurysm sac depressurization.

Table 5.3: Requirements for post-EVAR blood pressure monitoring [5.59].

Characteristic Value

Measurement location Between graft and aneurysm wall

Typical values (mmHg) 20 to 90

Measurement range (mmHg) 20 to 250

Measurement resolution (mmHg) 1

Measurement absolute accuracy

(mmHg) 5

Signal bandwidth (Hz) 0 to 80

Arterial diameter (mm) 15 to 40

Ideally, the pressure sensor should be able to monitor the material degradation of the

stent-graft, detect its migration and leakages. While the first may require the use of

conductive wires woven within the graft material [5.61], pressure sensing within the

aneurysm sac promises to be a good candidate for leakage detection and even migration.

Therefore, the success candidate for a new smart sent-graft includes built-in pressure

sensor(s) and communication capabilities.

In order to fulfill with the demanding characteristics of implantable devices the

sensor needs to be biocompatible, biostable, non-toxic, non-allergic, non-carcinogenic,

durable and, fatigue and corrosion resistant. Furthermore, it will have to be tolerated by the

human body without causing a foreign body reaction or an inflammatory reaction. Also,

the device should have a small size and flexibility due to the deployment method, thus

reducing significantly the list of available materials and technological solutions.

Another important parameter is the transmission of the measure data. Ideally, the

new smart stent-graft must be able to transmit the data without any internal power. Also,

the data cannot interfere with other implants nor be influenced by other electronic signals.

A possible solution is the use of passive telemetry, similar to the method used by the

Page 185: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

154

EndoSure Wireless AAA Pressure Sensor, in which an inductive coupling allows

making an indirect measurement of the pressure changes without any internal power.

Regarding the mechanical requisites, the device should be flexible and tough. Its

components should also be mechanically durable, as well as excellent corrosion

resistance. For a successful protection of the blood vessel, the device should have a design

as less invasive as possible in order to minimize flow resistance and pressure drops.

Radial force is another relevant feature, not only for stent-grafts to stay open without being

crushed with muscular activity, but also to provide a good seal and to ensure fixation.

The deployment of the device is a critical step for the procedure’s success. Thus, the

stent-graft should have a low profile to facilitate the deployment and minimize lesions in

the access arteries. At this stage, radiopacity is also crucial to ensure the correct positioning

of the prosthesis. From the commercial point of view, the device must be capable

of being adequately sterilized and stored as an "off-the-shelf" product. Also, a broad range

of sizes is desirable since it allows the treatment of a wider array of aneurysm anatomies.

To assure patient’s comfort, the measurement protocol should be possible at home

and the results transmitted to the doctor’s office. If not possible, the exam in the doctor’s

office should be quick and the least invasive as possible, avoiding any kind of pain or even

discomfort.

Currently available solutions allow having sensors randomly located on the

aneurysm sac and measuring one single pressure point. The ideal solution would

allow drawing the pressure profile within the aneurysm sac, benefitting the future of

EVAR not just for simplifying the deployment procedure, but also helping in

diagnosing possible complications as well as to study the behaviour of the aneurysm sac

after the integration of stent-grafts. The use of a flexible substrate enables the

conformability of the sensor to the stent-graft and thus the aorta. Compared to currently

available devices, this aspect brings several advantages since the sensor can be

attached to the stent-graft and delivered in a single procedure (as opposed to the

requirement of two catheters for the CardioMems device) and it enables the

placement of more than one sensor (a sensor cluster) contributing to a more comprehensive

study of post-EVAR aneurysm evolution (that is currently not possible).

Page 186: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

155

5.3.3.2 Telemetry System Architecture

The pressure measurement system must be able to detect post-EVAR complications

and to transmit the measured data without the need for an embedded power supply. The

pressure measurement system comprises an implantable LC network (which consists of an

inductor – L and a capacitor – C) and an external reader (Figure 5.21). Passive telemetry is

used to externally read the pressure changes detected by the capacitive pressure sensor.

Figure 5.21: Block diagram of the monitoring system [5.62].

Regarding the main specifications for the capacitive pressure sensor, namely

dynamic range, resolution and accuracy, they can be retrieved from the maximum values

of blood pressure within the human body and required accuracy and maximum

admissible errors defined by the legislation for pressure measurement devices. The US

Department of Health and Human Services defines [5.63] the accuracy range for

automated pressure sensors as shown in Table 5.4. Considering a maximum cardiac cycle

of 180 cycles per minute (3 Hz) and a change of rate below 120 ms, the sensor reading

bandwidth needs to be around 80 Hz. For healthy subjects, the blood pressure in the aorta

ranges typically from 60 to 150 mmHg [5.64].

Page 187: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

156

Table 5.4: ANSI/AAMI SP-10-1993 national standard for electronic or automated

sphygmomanometers [5.63].

Accuracy Range

± 3 mmHg or ± 2 % of reading

(whichever is greater) 20 to 250 mmHg

Indicated pressure should be less than 23

mmHg

Input pressure greater than 0 but less than

20 mmHg

Indicated pressure should be 0 ± 3

mmHg

Input pressure less than or equal to 0

mmHg

Indicated pressure should be greater than

245 mmHg or an over range as indicated Input pressure greater than 250 mmHg

The pressure monitoring system relies on passive telemetry for external readout of

the pressure sensor signal based on an implantable LC resonant network. Mokwa [5.65]

presents an overview over implantable medical devices based on microsystems, where the

use of passive telemetry is well established. Selecting the most adequate frequency to

communicate with electronic implanted devices requires balancing the electromagnetic

wave reflection at the air-skin interface and the absorption (causing heating) in the tissues.

The communication with the implanted LC resonant network relies on an

inductive-coupling link in the 12.5 to 20.0 MHz frequency band, specifically allocated for

use in industrial, medical and scientific applications [5.66]. The working distances are in

the order of ~ 5 cm and then, frequencies above 50 MHz should be avoided. Frequencies

below 20 MHz are preferred because a penetration depth of 15 to 20 cm can be ensured

[5.67]. In addition, it guarantees some protection against biological effects and

interferences generated by other electronic equipment and appliances.

Previous studies have shown that radio frequency (RF) energy in the 1 MHz to

10 MHz frequency band penetrates the body with minimum energy loss. Lower

frequencies are mostly reflected on the skin-air interface and the higher ones are absorbed

by the tissues [5.68]. Furthermore, lower frequencies require larger inductors and

capacitors which would affect the overall sensors’ area.

The effects of electromagnetic radiation on biological systems are still an open

discussion subject. In fact, both beneficial and damaging effects to humans’ health have

been identified, which depend on the used frequencies and intensity of the applied

electromagnetic radiation [5.69], but the biological consequences on genes and proteins

Page 188: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

157

still need further understanding. Nevertheless, the thermal effects are well known and

documented. This issue was taken into account as the sensor remains in a fixed position

and then, the electromagnetic radiation illuminates always the same part of the body, even

if it is in a short period of time (each time in which a reading is carried-out).

5.4 New Approaches for the Implantable Sensor Fabrication

Chapter 4 presented the fabrication of a flexible pressure sensor based on

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites were a good candidate

to develop the full implantable system (sensor plus inductor) since it is possible to pattern

the catalyst in any desirable geometry. However, due to the low conductivity values

obtained for the nanocomposite films, the inductor would have a huge series resistance

(low quality factor) making the solution unsuitable for the required application. Therefore

new alternatives to develop an implantable flexible pressure sensing system (capacitive

sensor plus inductor) are presented here.

The following sections present thoroughly the work carried out, both failures and

successes during the execution of the work. The test setup and the main experimental

results are also presented.

5.4.1 Fabrication of Embedded Inductors

In previous chapter it was reported that the low conductivity of the fabricated

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites compromises its use to implement an inductor with a high

quality factor. Therefore, an alternative solution was pursued consisting in the use of

carbon fibers (with four orders of magnitude higher electrical conductivity) followed by

impregnation by PDMS.

The process is compatible with the A-CNTS/PDMS sensor fabrication process

previously reported and uses a steel mold to position the carbon fibers in a spiral shape.

The higher conductivity of the carbon fibers enables the fabrication of an inductor

with small series resistance. A photograph of the prototype inductors is presented in

Figure 5.22.

Page 189: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

158

Figure 5.22: Inductors fabrication. a) Steel master mold for oval spiral inductors and

b) Inductor prototypes.

A steel mold where the carbon fibers were positioned in a spiral shape is shown in

Figure 5.21a. Then, the PDMS is poured on the conductive material followed by its cure,

resulting in PDMS encapsulated inductors (Figure 5.21b). Positioning of the fibers in the

mold turned out to be very difficult and it was not possible to have a perfect spacing

between the spirals. Moreover, measurements performed on the prototype inductors

revealed no inductive behavior (the prototypes were not acting as an inductor)

compromising this attempt to fabricate the inductors.

A third similar approach was then tried in order to fabricate new inductors. In this

attempt, thin copper wires (diameter of 50 µm) were used instead of the carbon fibers. This

would allow an even larger conductivity, which could result in inductors with very low

series resistance and a LC network with a large quality factor. Unfortunately, the low

flexibility of the copper wires made it impossible to pass them through the spiral mold and

thus compromised the fabrication of inductors using this approach.

5.4.2 Fabrication of Inductors Using a Flexible Printed Circuit Board

Technology

In face of the poor results obtained for the fabrication of the inductor, alternative

approaches were devised to overcome the problem. At this point it was clear that a good

quality factor for the LC network is necessary and that nanocomposites materials, although

very flexible and with very good stretching capabilities, do not have the required electrical

conductivity. Nevertheless, the results already obtained for the pressure sensors

Page 190: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

159

(Chapter 4) suggested that a mixed technology using A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites for

the capacitor electrodes and another technology for the inductor (that would guarantee

some degree of flexibility) could be used.

The final developed fabrication process for the thin, flexible capacitive pressure

sensors with attached inductor is based on flexible printed circuit board (PCB) technology

(for the inductor fabrication) and A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites for the capacitor

electrodes. The flex-PCB technology (commercially available) enables patterning

(100 µm of minimum feature) of copper on top of thin polyimide films for the inductors

production and after, nanocomposite films are bonded to the polyimide film for the

capacitor fabrication. A detailed overview of the process is presented next.

5.4.2.1 Flex-PCB Process Flow

The final flex-PCB plus nanocomposites fabrication process is depicted in

Figure 5.23. The first step is the fabrication of the flex-PCB, which uses a layer of

DuPontTM

Kapton® polyimide film (50 µm thickness) with 35 µm thickness of

copper on the top and bottom layers. Vias can be designed to connect top and bottom

layer. It is also possible to create openings, which in this work were used to build the

capacitor dielectric.

In a second step, a small layer of gold or palladium (~ 20 nm) was deposited

over fabricated A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films (using the process described

and characterized in Chapter 3). This small layer does not change the mechanical

properties of the nanocomposite, but strongly reduces the electrical contact resistance.

Next, the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films were bonded to the flex-PCB

using a conductive adhesive layer based on silicone. The adhesive layer is very thin

and requires a thermal cure treatment. Finally, a small layer of PDMS was applied

all over the sensor for biocompatibility reasons and to strengthen the bonding between the

polyimide and the nanocomposites. The process is simple, with few steps and enables the

realization of thin flexible capacitive pressure sensors along with an inductor for passive

telemetry use.

Page 191: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

160

Figure 5.23: Overview of the final process for fabrication of the passive LC network.

Figure 5.24 shows a flexible PCB panel containing six different geometries for the

pressure sensor. Dimensions of the LC network range from 16 x 16 x 0.12 mm3 for the

smaller devices to 20 x 20 x 0.12 mm3 for the larger ones.

Figure 5.24: Flex-PCB panel with six different geometries after fabrication (Step 1) and a

photograph showing an inductor being bended.

All flex-PCB antennas have coils with a 0.1 mm width and a space of 0.1 mm

between them. The three arches between the inductor's coils and the nanocomposite films

Page 192: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

161

have a 0.25 mm thickness and are spaced by 1.125 mm. The distance between the inner

coil and the largest arch is 0.15 mm for the square antennas and 0.25 mm for the circle

antennas. Table 5.5 displays the outer and inner diameter dimensions, as well as the

number of coils for each antenna and Figure 5.25 presents an optical image showing details

of a square geometry for the pressure sensor.

Table 5.5: Dimensions of the flex-PCB for different geometries [5.70].

Parameters C4 C6 C8 S4 S6 S8

Geometry Circle Circle Circle Square Square Square

dout (mm) 16.3 17.5 18.8 16.3 17.5 18.5

din (mm) 10.5 12.5 14.5 10.3 12.3 14.3

Ncoils 15 13 11 15 13 11

Dielectric (mm) 4 6 8 4 6 8

Figure 5.25: Optical image of a square geometry (S6) for capacitive sensor and details

of the copper inductors.

The final assembled devices are shown in Figure 5.26. The proposed technique for

bonding proved successful and full LC networks with good quality factor were available

for final integration.

Page 193: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

162

Figure 5.26: Digital images of the final assembled flexible pressure sensors.

5.4.3 Readout Telemetry Implementation

The characterization of the sensing system requires a readout telemetry unit. The telemetry

unit was developed elsewhere [5.71, 5.72] and used here for the characterization of the

sensor system. The design of the reader circuit involved simulations using

ADS Agilent (Advanced Design System) and LTSpice (simulation program with integrated

circuit emphasis) simulators. The final design results were compared with those provided

by analytical modeling implemented in MATLAB. For experimental evaluation purposes,

a printed circuit board (PCB) was implemented with a square planar inductor, a capacitor

and a resistor (Figure 5.27).

An OPA3695 (Texas Instruments) operational current feedback amplifier

was selected for the amplifying block due to its high slew rate and bandwidth

characteristics. The filter is a 6th

order Chebyshev low-pass passive structure required to

eliminate harmonics that compromise the analogue to digital conversion range and the

resonance frequency identification accuracy. The filter has a 0.3 dB ripple in the pass-band,

cut-off frequency at 21 MHz, and 29 dB attenuation at 30 MHz. The reader circuit is

connected by a 50 Ω SMA cable (SubMiniature version A) to the ADC board

(DC1371A from Linear Technology). The ADC operates with a 250 MHz sinewave clock

signal supplied by a Rohde & Schwarz signal generator. The acquisition board is

connected to a PC with an USB cable, where a MATLAB script is used to control the

board operation and process the captured signal using a FFT algorithm to determine the

signals main frequencies.

Page 194: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

163

Figure 5.27: Prototype showing the reader circuit with receiver inductor placed next

to the sensor’s inductor.

5.5 Experimental Measurements and Results

The designed and fabricated pressure sensors were measured using the electronic telemetry

readout unit developed by the work team at FEUP, and whose complete characterization

and results was presented in [5.70].

Several measurements were performed to test the full system. Initially, the wireless

pressure sensors were tested in a vacuum chamber to acquire the sensor’s characteristic

curve. Afterwards, the sensors were tested in a hydraulic environment that resembles the

real application, i.e., a setup that mimics the aortic aneurysm with the stent-graft inserted,

including varying pressure conditions according to the cardiac cycle. The full system was

tested on this laboratory conditions.

5.5.1 Experimental Results Obtained Using a Vacuum Chamber

The performance of the flexible sensors to different pressures and its use with the

telemetric system was evaluated using a vacuum chamber. The sensors were subjected to

Page 195: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

164

different pressures by applying a pressure varying from 0 to 1 atm (vacuum to atmospheric

pressure). The output of the reader circuit was recorded while a commercial pressure

sensor placed also inside the chamber was used to record reference values for comparison

purposes. Sensors with different geometries (shape and size of dielectric and inductor)

were tested using the setup shown in Figure 5.28.

Figure 5.28: Experimental test setup for measurements in the vacuum chamber.

The measured oscillation frequencies were centered around 5.3 MHz. Although these

were designed to oscillate in higher frequencies, the characterization of the

inductors revealed that a higher inductance was obtained only for frequencies bellow 8

MHz. Moreover, the inductors showed a self-resonance at that frequency, revealing a

dominant capacitance effect for higher frequencies. This is likely due to the dual-layer

configuration of the inductors, which causes tracks overlap, resulting in large parasitic

capacitances and consequently lower oscillation frequencies for the LC sensor.

This effect can easily be corrected by slightly changes on the inductors design

in order to minimize the tracks overlap. Despite this particularity (that is

less severe for circular inductors since there is less overlap), the sensors responded to

pressure variations with a well-defined characteristic curve, as shown in Figure 5.29

and Figure 5.30.

Page 196: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

165

Figure 5.29: Oscillation frequency results from all trials with the S4 pressure sensor.

Figure 5.30: Oscillation frequency results from all trials with the S6 pressure sensor.

As depicted in Table 5.6, the variation of oscillation frequency rate (dfosc/dP) is not

constant, but its sign does not change, meaning that an increase in the pressure always

corresponds to a decrease of the oscillation frequency. The characteristic curve in

Figure 5.29 and Figure 5.30 shows that the sensor's best sensitivity would be that in the

range of 0.8 to 1.0 atm (the behavior is similar in the 1 to 1.2 atm pressure range). The

Page 197: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

166

blood pressure in the aneurysm sac is predicted to be in a range (below 0.3 atm using 1 atm

as reference pressure, i.e., the blood pressure in the aneurysm sac can range from

1 to 1.3 atm), meaning that for use in the proposed application the LC sensor network have

the highest sensitivity in the range of interest.

Table 5.6: Sensitivity of the detected oscillation frequency obtained for S4 and S6 sensors.

Sensor Mean deviation

(kHz)

AVR (0-1 atm)

(kHz/atm)

AVR (0-0.2 atm)

(kHz/atm)

AVR (0.8-1 atm)

(kHz/atm)

S4 1.19 -35.8 -11.0 -59.2

S6 1.57 -45.4 -12.5 -79.0

AVR – Average Variation Rate.

The values in Table 5.6 show that the larger the area of the dielectric, the larger the

variation in the LC oscillation frequency for the same pressure variations. This is

expectable as capacitance is proportional to the area of the dielectric (regarding to the

variable capacitor, which is the sensor element). Moreover, the variation rate is several

times larger than the mean deviation from the trend-curve, which means that the response

is suitable to be used as a characteristic curve with good sensitivity. Small variation

between different trials suggests good precision. The high pressure difference (between the

dielectric and external pressure) that the sensors experience during the trials (ΔP = 1 atm)

validate the good sealing characteristics of the bonding process used and the high dynamic

range of the sensors.

5.5.2 Sensors Performance in a Hydraulic Test Bench

A hydraulic model that simulates the abdominal aorta was built to test the wireless pressure

sensors and the reader system. This model includes the following elements:

1) An electric 2/2-way solenoid valve, connected to the tap water, to simulate the

cardiac cycle;

2) A tube to connect the valve to the aneurysm region;

3) An aneurysm region made with a flexible material;

4) A stent-graft made with a metal spiral to mimic the stent and a PET material to

mimic the graft sewed and placed inside the aneurysm (Figure 5.31);

Page 198: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

167

5) A square 6 x 6 mm2 (S6) wireless pressure sensor placed on top of the stent-graft;

6) A Y-shape connector tube, used to mimic the aortic artery’s division into the iliac

arteries;

7) A commercial pressure sensor (MPXV5100GC6U from Freescale) placed in the

tube right before the aneurysm region (a hole was made in the tube to place the

sensor) connected to an acquisition board (NI DAQ USB-6008);

8) The wireless reader system with the reader antenna placed on the aneurysm region.

Figure 5.31: Stent-graft (on the left) and the pressure sensor placed on top of the graft.

The complete setup is displayed in Figure 5.32 and Figure 5.33 shows a diagram of

the hydraulic test bench. The goal was to compare the performance of the developed

pressure sensor with a commercial sensor.

Figure 5.32: Experimental test setup for measurements with the hydraulic model.

1 cm

Page 199: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

168

Figure 5.33: Diagram of the hydraulic test bench.

Figure 5.34 displays the measured pressure and oscillation frequency during one

trail. In this experiment the measurements started with the tap water closed, and was

slowly opened and closed for six times, to mimic the cardiac cycle.

Figure 5.34: Measure pressure (dotted line) and oscillation frequency (solid line) while the water

tap valve was being opened and closed as in the cardiac cycle.

Page 200: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

169

Since the control of the tap water was made by hand, the control of the water flow

was imprecise. Nevertheless, when the pressure increases the membranes of the capacitor

sensor get closer and therefore, the capacitance increases too.

The highest oscillation frequencies correspond to the lowest pressures (when the tap

water is closed), since the oscillation frequency is inversely proportional to the capacitance

. As shown in Figure 5.33, there is a slight delay between the

measured pressure and frequency, which is due to the location of the sensors. Since the

water first goes to the commercial sensor and after to the aneurysm sac where the wireless

pressure sensor is inserted, the pressure changes are first detected by the commercial

sensor. Also the detected frequency seems to take longer time to reach the values for lower

pressures, in opposite to what happens within the commercial sensor that shows faster

responses to lower pressures (the aneurysm sac accumulates water and probably the water

flux goes from laminar to turbulent).

As the measurements in the vacuum chamber were performed for small distances

between the wireless sensor and the reader system (5 mm), and the oscillation frequency

depends on the distance and transmission medium, the measured oscillation frequencies

with the hydraulic model cannot be extrapolated to pressures based on the measurements in

the vacuum chamber.

These proof-of-concept experiments demonstrate the suitability of the small, flexible,

biocompatible and passive sensor using a telemetry system, to detect pressure variations.

5.6 Summary

A surveillance mechanism based on the measurement of the pressure in an aneurysm sac is

an attractive solution to detect possible post–EVAR problems. The pressure measurement

system presented here includes a capacitive pressure sensor coupled with an inductor for

passive telemetry readout. Both the flexible sensor and the telemetry system architecture

were introduced and their performance discussed. It was shown that taking advantage of

the system’s characteristics it is possible to build a stent-graft with sensing elements

capable of gathering information, regarding the patient’s health and/or the prosthesis

performance, and to send it to an external element. In addition, comparing to the currently

Page 201: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

170

available devices, the proposed pressure measurement system can be attached to the stent-

graft, allowing its deployment in a single procedure. Another advantage is the possibility

of incorporating more than one sensor in the stent-graft, contributing to a more complete

study of post-EVAR aneurysm evolution that presently is not possible.

The presented measurement system demonstrates that, after a refinement of these

technological developments, a reliable surveillance of post–EVAR is feasible and can be of

added value in the treatment of aneurysms. The tests performed with the hydraulic model

validate the proposed telemetry system functionality and shows its feasibility to be

integrated into a stent–graft. Both the sensors and readout electronics were fully developed

by the research team and several innovative aspects (both in the sensor and in the telemetry

system) were achieved when compared to the state–of–the–art.

Page 202: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

171

References

[5.1] “Cardiovascular diseases,” World Health Organization. [Online]. Available:

http://www.who.int/cardiovascular_diseases/en/.

[5.2] “Morbidity and Mortality: 2007 Chart Book on Cardiovascular, Lung and Blood

Diseases,” National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, 2007. [Online]. Available:

http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/resources/docs/cht-book.htm.

[5.3] K. M. Becker and J. J. Whyte, Clinical Evaluation of Medical Devices: Principles

and Case Studies, 2nd ed. Totowa, New Jersey: Humana Press Inc., 2007.

[5.4] K. W. Johnston, R. B. Rutherford, M. D. Tilson, D. M. Shah, L. Hollier, and J. C.

Stanley, “Suggested standards for reporting on arterial aneurysms,” Journal of

vascular surgery, vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 452–458, Mar. 1991.

[5.5] J. J. Ricotta, R. D. Malgor, and G. S. Oderich, “Endovascular abdominal aortic

aneurysm repair: part I,” Annals of vascular surgery, vol. 23, no. 6, pp. 799–812,

Jan. 2009.

[5.6] L. Murphy, J. Xu, and K. D. Kochanek, “Deaths: Preliminary Data for 2010,”

National Vital Statistics Reports, vol. 60, no. 4, p. (52 pp), 2012.

[5.7] I. P. Casserly, R. Sachar, and J. S. Yadav, Manual of Peripheral Vascular

Intervention. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005,

p. (374 pp).

[5.8] D. C. Brewster, J. L. Cronenwett, J. W. Hallett, K. W. Johnston, W. C. Krupski,

and J. S. Matsumura, “Guidelines for the treatment of abdominal aortic

aneurysms. Report of a subcommittee of the Joint Council of the American

Association for Vascular Surgery and Society for Vascular Surgery,” Journal of

vascular surgery, vol. 37, no. 5, pp. 1106–1117, May 2003.

[5.9] D. Palombo, M. Maione, B. I. Cifiello, M. Udini, D. Maggio, and M. Lupo, “Matrix

metalloproteinases. Their role in degenerative chronic diseases of abdominal

aorta,” The Journal of cardiovascular surgery, vol. 40, no. 2, pp. 257–560, Apr.

1999.

[5.10] R. W. Thompson, P. J. Geraghty, and J. K. Lee, “Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms:

Basic Mechanisms and Clinical Implications,” Current Problems in Surgery,

vol. 39, no. 2, pp. 110–230, 2002.

[5.11] K. Myers, T. Devine, C. Barras, and G. Self, “Endoluminal Versus Open repair for

abdominal aortic aneurysms,” in 2nd Virtual Congress of Cardiology, 2001,

p. (33 pp).

Page 203: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

172

[5.12] J. C. Parodi, J. C. Palmaz, and H. D. Barone, “Transfemoral Intraluminal Graft

Implantation for Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms,” Annals of Vascular Surgery,

vol. 5, no. 6, pp. 491–499, 1991.

[5.13] F. R. Arko, B. B. Hill, C. Olcott, E. J. Harris, T. J. Fogarty, and C. K. Zarins,

“Endovascular repair reduces early and late morbidity compared to open surgery

for abdominal aortic aneurysm,” Journal of endovascular therapy, vol. 9, no. 6,

pp. 711–718, Dec. 2002.

[5.14] “Endovascular versus Open Repair of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm,” The United

Kingdom EVAR Trial Investigators, The New England Journal of Medicine,

vol. 362, no. 20, pp. 1863–1871, 2010.

[5.15] Y.-M. Dion and T. Joseph, “Laparoscopic Aortic Surgery,” in Peripheral

Endovascular Interventions, T. J. Fogarty and R. A. White, Eds. New York,

NY: Springer New York, 2010, pp. 397–409.

[5.16] J. Parodi, “Endovascular repair of abdominal aortic aneurysms,” in Endoluminal

Vascular Prostheses, T. Chuter, C. E. Donayre, and R. A. White, Eds. Brown

and Company, 1995, p. 3755.

[5.17] R. M. Greenhalgh, L. C. Brown, G. P. Kwong, J. T. Powell, and S. G. Thompson,

“Comparison of endovascular aneurysm repair with open repair in patients with

abdominal aortic aneurysm (EVAR trial 1), 30-day operative mortality results:

randomised controlled trial,” The Lancet, vol. 364, no. 9437, pp. 843–848, 2004.

[5.18] J. S. Matsumura, D. C. Brewster, M. S. Makaroun, and D. C. Naftel, “A multicenter

controlled clinical trial of open versus endovascular treatment of abdominal

aortic aneurysm,” Journal of vascular surgery, vol. 37, no. 2, pp. 262–271,

Feb. 2003.

[5.19] F. Bastos Goncalves, V. Rouwet Ellen, R. Metz, J. M. Hendriks, M.-P. F. M.

Vrancken Peeters, B. E. Muhs, and H. J. M. Verhagen, “Device-specific

outcomes after endovascular abdominal aortic aneurysm repair,” The Journal of

cardiovascular surgery, vol. 51, no. 4, pp. 515–531, Aug. 2010.

[5.20] T. A. M. Chuter, J. C. Parodi, and M. Lawrence-Brown, “Management of

abdominal aortic aneurysm: a decade of progress,” Journal of endovascular

therapy, vol. 11 Suppl 2, no. Suppl 2, pp. II82–II95, Dec. 2004.

[5.21] R. B. Rutherford and W. C. Krupski, “Current status of open versus endovascular

stent-graft repair of abdominal aortic aneurysm,” Journal of vascular surgery,

vol. 39, no. 5, pp. 1129–1139, May 2004.

[5.22] C. L. Hayter, S. R. Bradshaw, R. J. Allen, M. Guduguntla, and D. T. A. Hardman,

“Follow-up costs increase the cost disparity between endovascular and open

abdominal aortic aneurysm repair,” Journal of vascular surgery, vol. 42, no. 5,

pp. 912–918, Nov. 2005.

Page 204: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

173

[5.23] J. A. Michaels, D. Drury, and S. M. Thomas, “Cost-effectiveness of endovascular

abdominal aortic aneurysm repair,” The British journal of surgery, vol. 92, no. 8,

pp. 960–967, Aug. 2005.

[5.24] I. Droc, D. Raithel, and B. Calinescu, “Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms - Actual

Therapeutic Strategies,” in Aneurysm, Y. Murai, Ed. InTech, 2012.

[5.25] B. T. Katzen and A. A. MacLean, “Complications of endovascular repair of

abdominal aortic aneurysms: a review,” Cardiovascular and interventional

radiology, vol. 29, no. 6, pp. 935–946, 2006.

[5.26] D. T. Baril, R. A. Kahn, S. H. Ellozy, A. Carroccio, and M. L. Marin,

“Endovascular abdominal aortic aneurysm repair: emerging developments and

anesthetic considerations,” Journal of cardiothoracic and vascular anesthesia,

vol. 21, no. 5, pp. 730–742, Oct. 2007.

[5.27] K. C. Young, N. A. Awad, M. Johansson, D. Gillespie, M. J. Singh, and K. A. Illig,

“Cost-effectiveness of abdominal aortic aneurysm repair based on aneurysm

size,” Journal of vascular surgery, vol. 51, no. 1, pp. 27–32, Jan. 2010.

[5.28] F. Springer, R. W. Günther, and T. Schmitz-Rode, “Aneurysm Sac pressure

measurement with minimally invasive implantable pressure sensors: an

alternative to current surveillance regimes after EVAR?,” Cardiovascular and

interventional radiology, vol. 31, no. 3, pp. 460–467, 2008.

[5.29] J. Golzarian and D. Valenti, “Endoleakage after endovascular treatment of

abdominal aortic aneurysms: Diagnosis, significance and treatment,” European

radiology, vol. 16, no. 12, pp. 2849–2857, Dec. 2006.

[5.30] R. Milner, K. Kasirajan, and E. L. Chaikof, “Future of endograft surveillance,”

Seminars in vascular surgery, vol. 19, no. 2, pp. 75–82, Jun. 2006.

[5.31] L. Biasi, T. Ali, R. Hinchliffe, R. Morgan, I. Loftus, and M. Thompson,

“Intraoperative DynaCT detection and immediate correction of a type Ia

endoleak following endovascular repair of abdominal aortic aneurysm,”

Cardiovascular and interventional radiology, vol. 32, no. 3, pp. 535–538,

May 2009.

[5.32] G. Gilling-Smith, J. Brennan, P. Harris, A. Bakran, D. Gould, and R. McWilliams,

“Endotension after endovascular aneurysm repair: definition, classification, and

strategies for surveillance and intervention,” Journal of endovascular surgery,

vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 305–307, Nov. 1999.

[5.33] J. Mazeyrat, O. Romain, P. Garda, E. Flecher, M. Karouia, P. Leprince, P.-Y.

Lagree, and M. Destrade, “Wireless communicative stent for follow-up of

abdominal aortic aneurysm,” in 2006 IEEE Biomedical Circuits and Systems

Conference, 2006, pp. 237–240.

Page 205: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

174

[5.34] E. Y. Chow, A. L. Chlebowski, S. Chakraborty, W. J. Chappell, and P. P. Irazoqui,

“Fully wireless implantable cardiovascular pressure monitor integrated with a

medical stent,” IEEE transactions on bio-medical engineering, vol. 57, no. 6,

pp. 1487–1496, Jun. 2010.

[5.35] B. Sonesson, N. Dias, M. Malina, P. Olofsson, D. Griffin, B. Lindblad, and K.

Ivancev, “Intra-aneurysm pressure measurements in successfully excluded

abdominal aortic aneurysm after endovascular repair,” Journal of vascular

surgery, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 733–738, Apr. 2003.

[5.36] C. J. Parsa, M. A. Daneshmand, B. Lima, K. Balsara, R. L. McCann, and G. C.

Hughes, “Utility of remote wireless pressure sensing for endovascular leak

detection after endovascular thoracic aneurysm repair,” The Annals of thoracic

surgery, vol. 89, no. 2, pp. 446–452, Feb. 2010.

[5.37] A. T. Sepúlveda, A. Moreira, F. Fachin, B. L. Wardle, J. M. da Silva, A. J. Pontes,

J. C. Viana, and L. A. Rocha, “Inductive-Coupling System for Abdominal Aortic

Aneurysms Monitoring Based on Pressure Sensing,” MME 2010 - 21st

Micromechanics and Microsystems Europe Workshop. University of Twente,

Enschede, The Netherlands, 27-29 September, pp. 92–95, 2010.

[5.38] L. Carnero and R. Milner, “Aneurysm Sac Pressure Measurement with A Pressure

Sensor in Endovascular Aortic Aneurysm Repair,” in Advanced Endovascular

Therapy of Aortic Disease, A. B. Lumsden, P. H. Lin, C. Chen, and J. C. Parodi,

Eds. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2007, pp. 209–215.

[5.39] B. Ziaie and K. Najafi, “An Implantable Microsystem for Tonometric Blood

Pressure Measurement,” Biomedical Microdevices, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 285–292,

2001.

[5.40] P. Cong, D. J. Young, and W. H. Ko, “Novel long-term implantable blood pressure

monitoring system,” in Proceedings of IEEE Sensors, vol. 3, 2004,

pp. 1359–1362.

[5.41] P. Cong, D. J. Young, B. Hoit, and W. H. Ko, “Novel long-term implantable blood

pressure monitoring system with reduced baseline drift,” in Conference of the

IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society, 2006, vol. 1,

pp. 1854–1857.

[5.42] K.-H. Shin, C.-R. Moon, T.-H. Lee, C.-H. Lim, and Y.-J. Kim, “Flexible wireless

pressure sensor module,” Sensors and Actuators A: Physical, vol. 123–124,

pp. 30–35, Sep. 2005.

[5.43] E.-C. Park, J.-B. Yoon, and E. Yoon, “Hermetically Sealed Inductor-Capacitor

(LC) Resonator for Remote Pressure Monitoring,” Japanese Journal of Applied

Physics, vol. 37, no. 12B, Part 1, pp. 7124–7128, Dec. 1998.

Page 206: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

175

[5.44] K. Takahata, A. DeHennis, K. D. Wise, and Y. B. Gianchandani, “A wireless

microsensor for monitoring flow and pressure in a blood vessel utilizing a

dual-inductor antenna stent and two pressure sensors,” in 17th IEEE

International Conference on Micro Electro Mechanical Systems, 2004,

pp. 216–219.

[5.45] A. D. DeHennis and K. D. Wise, “A Fully Integrated Multisite Pressure Sensor for

Wireless Arterial Flow Characterization,” Journal of Microelectromechanical

Systems, vol. 15, no. 3, pp. 678–685, Jun. 2006.

[5.46] N. Najafi and A. Ludomirsky, “Initial animal studies of a wireless, batteryless,

MEMS implant for cardiovascular applications,” Biomedical microdevices,

vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 61–65, Mar. 2004.

[5.47] S. H. Ellozy, A. Carroccio, R. A. Lookstein, M. E. Minor, C. M. Sheahan, J. Juta,

A. Cha, R. Valenzuela, M. D. Addis, T. S. Jacobs, V. J. Teodorescu, and M. L.

Marin, “First experience in human beings with a permanently implantable

intrasac pressure transducer for monitoring endovascular repair of abdominal

aortic aneurysms,” Journal of vascular surgery, vol. 40, no. 3, pp. 405–412,

Sep. 2004.

[5.48] S. H. Ellozy, A. Carroccio, R. A. Lookstein, T. S. Jacobs, M. D. Addis, V. J.

Teodorescu, and M. L. Marin, “Abdominal aortic aneurysm sac shrinkage after

endovascular aneurysm repair: correlation with chronic sac pressure

measurement,” Journal of vascular surgery, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 2–7, Jan. 2006.

[5.49] M. G. Allen, “Micromachined endovascularly-implantable wireless aneurysm

pressure sensors: from concept to clinic,” in The 13th International Conference

on Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems, 2005. Digest of Technical

Papers. TRANSDUCERS ’05., vol. 1, pp. 275–278.

[5.50] M. G. Allen, “Wireless implantable micromachined pressure sensors: approach and

clinical demonstration,” in International Workshop on Wearable and

Implantable Body Sensor Networks BSN-2005 (London IEE), 2005, p. 8 pp.

[5.51] “The EndoSureTM Wireless AAA Pressure Measurement System.” [Online].

Available: http://www.medgadget.com/2005/11/the_endosure_wi.html.

[5.52] M. A. Fonseca, M. G. Allen, J. Kroh, and J. White, “Flexible wireless passive

pressure sensors for biomedical applications,” in Technical Digest of the Solid-

State Sensor, Actuator, and Microsystems Workshop (Hilton Head 2006), 2006,

pp. 37–42.

[5.53] R. Schlierf, M. Gortz, T. S. Rode, W. Mokwa, U. Schnakenberg, and K. Trieu,

“Pressure sensor capsule to control the treatmnent of abdominal aorta

aneurisms,” in The 13th International Conference on Solid-State Sensors,

Page 207: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

176

Actuators and Microsystems, 2005. Digest of Technical Papers.

TRANSDUCERS ’05., 2005, vol. 2, no. 9, pp. 1656–1659.

[5.54] F. Springer, R. Schlierf, J.-G. Pfeffer, A. H. Mahnken, U. Schnakenberg, and T.

Schmitz-Rode, “Detecting endoleaks after endovascular AAA repair with a

minimally invasive, implantable, telemetric pressure sensor: an in vitro study,”

European radiology, vol. 17, no. 10, pp. 2589–2597, Oct. 2007.

[5.55] U. Urban, R. Ballan, H. Fassbender, P. Fuerst, T. Goettsche, B. Bender, R. Becker,

W. Mokwa, H. K. Trieu, P. Osypka, R. Glocker, U. Steinseifer, and T. Schmitz-

Rode, “Fully Implantable Blood Pressure System: Implantation Experiences,” in

World Congress on Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering, vol. 25/7,

Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009, pp. 214–217.

[5.56] G. Ostrovsky, “HYPER-IMS, a Tiny Implantable Wireless Pressure Monitor,”

2009.[Online].Available:

http://www.medgadget.com/2009/01/hyperims_a_tiny_implantable_wireless_pr

essure_monitor.html. [Accessed: 23-Apr-2013].

[5.57] T. Schmitz-Rode, U. Schnakenberg, J. G. Pfeffer, W. Piroth, G. Vom Bögel, W.

Mokwa, and R. W. Günther, “Vascular capsule for telemetric monitoring of

blood pressure,” RöFo : Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Röntgenstrahlen und

der Nuklearmedizin, vol. 175, no. 2, pp. 282–286, Feb. 2003.

[5.58] “Hyper-IMS Implantable Wireless Pressure Sensor,” 2008. [Online]. Available:

http://www.cgs-sensors.com/printable/references/hyperims/index.html.

[Accessed: 23-Apr-2013].

[5.59] J. A. Potkay, “Long term, implantable blood pressure monitoring systems,”

Biomedical microdevices, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 379–392, Jun. 2008.

[5.60] Z. Li and C. Kleinstreuer, “Analysis of biomechanical factors affecting stent-graft

migration in an abdominal aortic aneurysm model,” Journal of biomechanics,

vol. 39, no. 12, pp. 2264–2273, Jan. 2006.

[5.61] D. Cottet, J. Grzyb, T. Kirstein, and G. Troster, “Electrical characterization of

textile transmission lines,” IEEE Transactions on Advanced Packaging, vol. 26,

no. 2, pp. 182–190, May 2003.

[5.62] A. Moreira, J. M. da Silva, and L. A. Rocha, “Endoleakage Monitoring Using

Inductive-Coupling,” in Proc. XXV Conference on Design of Circuits and

Integrated Systems (DCIS 2010), 2010, p. (6pp).

[5.63] “U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Blood pressure measurement

devices (sphygmomanometers) - accuracy,” Report # CPG 7124.23

(2005, Feb. 18).

[5.64] J. G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design, 4th ed. John

Wiley & Sons, 1997.

Page 208: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Biomedical Applications: Case Study – Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

177

[5.65] W. Mokwa, “Medical implants based on microsystems,” Measurement Science and

Technology, vol. 18, no. 5, pp. R47–R57, May 2007.

[5.66] “The European table of frequency allocations and utilizations in the frequency

range 9 KHz to 3000 GHz,” Electronic Communications Commitee (ECC),

Tech. Rep., 2009.

[5.67] C. Oliveira, N. Almeida, and J. M. da Silva, “RF-based Stent-Graft Endoleakage

Monitoring System,” in 6o Congresso do Comité Português da

URSI - Aplicações das ondas eletromagnéticas: da eficiência energética à

bioengenharia, 2012, p. (5 pp).

[5.68] P. Vaillancourt, A. Djemouai, J. F. Harvey, and M. Sawan, “EM radiation behavior

upon biological tissues in a radio-frequency power transfer link for a cortical

visual implant,” in Proceedings of the 19th Annual International Conference of

the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society, 1997, vol. 6,

pp. 2499–2502.

[5.69] E. Pirogova, V. Vojisavljevic, and I. Cosic, “Biological Effects of Electromagnetic

Radiation, Biomedical Engineering,” in Biomedical Engineering, Carlos

Alexandre Barros de Mello (Ed.), InTech, 2009.

[5.70] C. C. Oliveira, A. T. Sepúlveda, N. Almeida, B. L. Wardle, J. M. da Silva, and Luís

A. Rocha, “Implantable Flexible Pressure Measurement System Based on

Inductive Coupling,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, p. (7 pp),

2013. Submitted.

[5.71] C. Oliveira, N. Almeida, and J. da Silva, “A stent-graft endoleakage monitor:

Telemetry system based on inductive-coupling transmission for implantable

pressure sensors,” in Bioengineering (ENBENG), 2013 IEEE 3rd Portuguese

Meeting in, 2013, pp. 1–4.

[5.72] C. Oliveira and J. M. da Silva, “Fault Detection System for a Stent-Graft

Endoleakage Monitor,” in Mixed-Signals, Sensors and Systems Test Workshop

(IMS3TW), 2012 18th International, 2012, pp. 17–21.

Page 209: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 210: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Chapter 6

Conclusions and Recommendations

This chapter summarizes the objectives and conclusions of the present dissertation, in

respect to each of the chapters and it provides suggestions for future work.

Page 211: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Conclusions and Recommendations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

180

6.1 A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposite Films

Nanocomposite materials have generated considerable interest over the last years and their

use, in several fields, is expected to increase. Among them, CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

have only recently been explored and the resulting material exhibits a range of interesting

properties that may be analyzed for potential MEMS applications and devices fabrication.

Unlike most of the works presented in the literature where the CNTs are dispersed or

mixed within the neat PDMS matrix, this focused on a new manufacturing process to

produce CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. The entire nanocomposite structure was fabricated

using as-grown vertically aligned-CNTs embedded in a flexible substrate of PDMS.

The effective embedment of CNTs in the pure PDMS matrix is a critical issue,

because CNTs tend to agglomerate. In this dissertation, A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites

were fabricated by slowly pouring the uncured PDMS into the as-grown A-CNTs (1 % Vf)

through capillarity wetting.

The alignment of the CNTs, as well as the distribution quality of the A-CNTs in the

PDMS substrate was studied using the scanning electron microscopy (SEM) technique.

The observations indicated that CNTs preserve its alignment after the wetting process,

allowing a controlled manufacturing of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. Furthermore,

important mechanical and electrical properties were characterized in detail.

Tensile tests and dynamic mechanical analysis measurements were performed in

order to completely characterize the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. The Young’s

modulus of the nanocomposite showed a 10 times increase (8.1 MPa) in the longitudinal

direction in comparison to the Young’s modulus of the unreinforced PDMS matrix

(0.8 MPa). Also, the results from these tests were used to derive the full constitutive law of

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites.

Electrical characterization of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites raised concerns

regarding the suitability of the material for the realization of a pressure sensor with passive

telemetry. Due to the low conductivity of the produced nanocomposites, a rather high

resistance of the inductor will be generated and therefore the energy transferred inductively

will be dissipated in the resistor. For this reason, new solutions were also studied to

Page 212: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Conclusions and Recommendations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

181

overcome this problem and the A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films were successfully

used as a good material to build new flexible pressure sensors.

6.2 Flexible Capacitive Pressure Sensors

Silicon and metal have been conventional materials used for the development of pressure

sensors. However, factors as mechanical properties and lack of biocompatibility have been

limiting their field of applications. In order to overcome some technical issues, this

dissertation presented a new fabrication technique to produce flexible pressure sensors

based on A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites.

Due to the demonstrated superior properties of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites,

such as mechanical flexibility and piezoresistivity, a new approach for the design and

fabrication of flexible capacitive pressure sensors using the produced nanocomposite films

was presented. In addition, the telemetry system for wirelessly pressure measurement was

also proposed.

The developed flexible capacitive pressure sensors are composed by three thin

layers, where the top and bottom layers are A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites (electrodes)

and the middle layer is made of pure PDMS with a cavity with air defining the dielectric.

Several pressure sensors were tested experimentally and the results were compared with

the proposed analytical and FEM models. These were in good agreement for measurements

at high pressure differences. Nevertheless, significant differences were observed for the

pressure changes in the region of the ambient pressure. The cause was attributed to

pressure changes in the dielectric due to volume changes. After model improvement, a

second batch of measurements were performed and the experimental results fitted

reasonably well with the improved model

Static and dynamic responses of various sensors with different geometries and

thicknesses were also measured. Static results revealed reasonably good linearity in the

range of 0 – 100 kPa, mainly in the region near to the atmospheric pressure. On the other

hand, dynamic response of pressure sensors measured in the same range presented two

distinct comportments. The response time of the sensor during a pressure decreasing step is

lower than for a pressure increasing step, which is justified by the viscoelastic behaviour of

Page 213: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Conclusions and Recommendations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

182

the PDMS used for the nanocomposites fabrication. In addition, the tested pressure sensors

revealed sensitivities in the range of 2.5 – 20 fF/kPa.

Fabricated A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films present transversely isotropic

mechanical characteristics. As the proposed mechanical analytical model considers only

isotropic materials, FEM simulations were also performed using both isotropic and

transverse isotropic material properties. The results compared relatively well, suggesting

that isotropic material characteristics are a good approach for modeling the capacitive

pressure sensors, validating the proposed analytical mechanical model.

The developed technology to fabricate flexible pressure sensors based on

nanocomposites demonstrates the feasibility of its use for sensing applications and showed

that by controlling the pressure inside the dielectric, it is possible to fabricate sensors with

different sensitivities.

6.3 New Flexible Pressure Sensor for the Treatment of Abdominal

Aortic Aneurysms

Chapter 5 narrowed the use of flexible sensors technology to a specific biomedical

application. Developed flexible pressure sensors were characterized in the context of

abdominal aortic aneurysms, supporting the need of wireless flexible pressure sensors in

the treatment and diagnosis of patients with this type of disease. For this purpose, a new

smart stent-graft was presented which is decomposed in three main elements, namely a

stent-graft, a sensing element and a display. In addition, the specific requirements for the

flexible capacitive pressure sensor design were also identified.

As discussed in chapter 4, the low conductivity values obtained for the

A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposite films made the initial proposed solution unsuitable for the

required inductive telemetry part of the device application. For that reason, three new

alternatives to fabricate an implantable flexible pressure sensing system (capacitive sensor

plus inductor) were presented. In a first attempt, carbon fibers were used instead of as-

grown CNTs, because of its higher electrical conductivity. The subsequent steps consisted

of positioning the carbon fibers in a spiral shaped mold and it impregnation by PDMS.

However, due to difficulties in positioning the carbon fibers inside the mold it was not

possible to obtain a perfect spacing between the spirals, impeding the fabrication of

Page 214: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Conclusions and Recommendations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

183

inductors using this method. A second approach consisted of using thin cooper wires in

place of the carbon fibers. However, the difficulty in passing the copper wires in the mold,

due to the lack of flexibility, also compromised the fabrication of inductors using this

method. The last fabrication process used to develop the thin and flexible capacitive

pressure sensors with attached inductor consisted of using a flexible printed circuit board

(PCB) technology to fabricate the inductor and A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites to build

the capacitor electrodes.

The performance of different flexible sensors to different pressures and its use with

the developed telemetric system was evaluated using a vacuum chamber. For pressures

varying from 0 to 1 atm, experimental measurement results demonstrated that the sensors

responded to pressure variations with a well-defined characteristic curve and the sensor's

best sensitivity is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 atm. As the blood pressure in the aneurysm sac

can vary from 1 to 1.3 atm, this suggests that the LC sensor network have the highest

sensitivity in the range of interest. The assessment of the wireless pressure sensors as well

as the reader system was done through a hydraulic model built to mimic the abdominal

aorta. The results validated the functionality of the proposed telemetry system and proven

its viability to be included into a stent-graft.

6.4 Recommendations for Future Work

Based on the findings and the conclusions from the current dissertation, the relevant key

research topics for further investigations are identified and listed below.

6.4.1 As-Grown CNTs

The chemical vapor deposition (CVD) process used in this research allows obtaining CNTs

with a volume fraction of approximately 1 %. Further developments should investigate the

growth parameters in order to control the final volume fraction of the CNTs, as well as

their size, length, diameter, alignment, chirality and spacing between nanotubes. These

parameters can affect significantly the mechanical properties of CNTs and thus, controlling

them will be fundamental for the development of nanocomposites for several new

applications.

Page 215: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Conclusions and Recommendations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

184

The CVD process is versatile and frequently implemented to produce CNT with

random growth orientation and vertically aligned forests. To extend this research it would

be interesting to develop a new CVD method for growing horizontally oriented CNTs on

commercial silicon substrates or using different catalysts and substrates. Prior studies show

that vertically and horizontally aligned CNTs can be obtained by manipulating the electric

field applied on the substrate and the flow direction of the gases. The tubes obtained can be

as long as millimeters to centimeters, have controllable location, orientation and length.

Regarding the characterization techniques available for the as-grown CNTs, besides

the scanning electron microscopy (SEM) used in this research to inspect the CNTs

alignment, diameter and length, Raman spectroscopy is a powerful tool that can provide

additional information of the CNTs quality, as well as it can determine the nature of CNTs,

i.e., single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs), double-walled carbon nanotubes or

multi-walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs). Atomic force microscopy (ATM) is another

technique that can provides similar information to that from SEM, but it has the advantage

of characterizing the ends of CNTs. Transmition electron microscopy (TEM)

characterization can determine the type of defects present in the CNTs and it also enables

to investigate the CNTs in terms of the number of the walls.

6.4.2 A-CNTs/PDMS Nanocomposites

In this dissertation, a special attention was given to the embedment of CNTs into the

polymer substrate, in order to obtain a resulting nanocomposite with improved mechanical

and electrical characteristics.

Although A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites showed improved mechanical properties

in comparison to the host matrix, their electrical conductivity is low and not adequate for

some applications. Further studies should be performed to check electrical properties as a

function of volume fraction of the CNTs. High volume fraction could increase the

reinforcement of the nanocomposite and improve their electrical conductivity as well. In

addition, CNTs alignment within the PDMS should be improved as the electrical

conductivity is affected by inter-CNTs contacts. Thus, a better alignment of CNTs assures

that electrical properties of individual CNTs are conserved.

In order to complement this study, A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites should be tested

for different temperatures used during the curing process and using different combinations

Page 216: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Conclusions and Recommendations

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

185

of the base polymer and curing agent. In addition to this study, the wetting process should

be tested for these conditions in order to verify if the reinforcement is still effective.

6.4.3 Development of New Sensor Designs

The technology proposed in this thesis was successfully used in the development of

flexible capacitive pressure sensors based on A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites. However,

improvements on the sensor fabrication steps may be required to improve the sensors

dimensions stability and reduce process tolerances.

Future work should investigate new architectures that could be interesting to explore,

such as to pattern the catalyst in different geometries in order to fabricate a larger diversity

of sensors and also with reduced nanocomposite thicknesses to increase the sensors’

sensitivity.

Furthermore, novel interesting applications might follow with the technology

presented in this dissertation and, possibly, to extend the principle to other fields of

difficult local readout. An example that is being studied by the same work team consists in

the development of a novel wearable device for coronary and cardiac surveillance that is

combined with an advanced telemetry system, aiming at stent-grafts monitoring after

intervention of endovascular aneurysm repair (post-EVAR). The main novelty of the

surveillance system consists in the synchronized measurement of the patient

electrocardiogram (ECG) and intra-sac aneurysm pressure. Using a cluster of pressure

sensors will allow to detect pressure variations within the aneurysm sac, which combined

with other elements of the entire system, it contributes to have a more robust and reliable

monitoring.

Finally, although this dissertation focused on pressure measurements, the developed

technology could be used to design sensors that measure other physical parameters.

Also, due to the versatility of A-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites their use is not restricted to

sensing applications. The outstanding properties obtained by the embedment of CNTs into

a polymer substrate are a promising avenue for the design of improved materials for

structural applications.

Page 217: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda
Page 218: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

Page 219: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

188

A.1 Examples of Mask Pillars

Dot shape (Ø in µm) Rectangular shape (width in µm)

Page 220: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

189

A.2 Substrates Shape and Growth Times Used for the Optimization

Process

Table A.2: Si wafer substrates and growth time used in the first growths of A-CNTs forests.

First Growths of A-CNTs Forests

Substrate Nº of Samples Growth Time

Experiment 1

Dot shape (Ø 100-200 µm) 3 0.6 min

Experiment 2

Dot shape (Ø 100-200 µm) 3 0.8 min

Experiment 3

Y-shape 2 2 min

Page 221: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

190

A.3 Estimate of A-CNTs Volume Fraction

The PMMA mold was fabricated in rectangular shape and with dimensions of 32 x

14 x 0.4 mm3 (Length x Width x Height). Then, an estimation of the CNTs volume fraction

is:

Then,

Page 222: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

191

Product Information

Sylgard®

184 Silicone Elastomer Transparent encapsulant with good flame resistance

APPLICATIONS Sylgard

® 184 Silicone Elastomer is suitable for:

-LED Lighting encapsulation

-Sensors

-Industrial controls

-Transformers

-Amplifiers

-High voltage resistor packs

-Relays

-Adhesive/encapsulant for solar cells

-Adhesive handling beam lead integrated circuits during

processing

FEATURES & BENEFITS

-Flowable

-Room temperature and heat cure

-Good dielectric properties

-Rapid, versatile cure processing

controlled by temperature -High transparency allows easy

inspection of components

COMPOSITION

-Two-part

-10 to 1 mix ratio

-Polydimethylsiloxane

elastomer

TYPICAL PROPERTIES Specification Writers: These values are not intended for use in

preparing specifications. Please contact your local Dow Corning sales office or your Global Dow Corning Connection

before writing specifications on this product.

A.4 Datasheet of PDMS

Page 223: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

192

DESCRIPTION

Dow Corning®

brand silicone 10

to 1 encapsulants are supplied as

two-part

liquid component kits. When

liquid components are

thoroughly mixed, the mixture

cures to a flexible elastomer,

which is well suited for the

protection of electrical/electronic applications. Dow Corning silicone encapsulants cure without

exotherm at a constant rate

regardless of sectional thickness

or degree of confinement.

container in which it is to be cured. Care should be taken to minimize

air entrapment. When practical,

pouring/dispensing should be done

under vacuum, particularly if the

component being potted or

encapsulated has many small

voids.

If this technique cannot be used, the unit should be evacuated after the

silicone encapsulant has been

poured/dispensed. Dow Corning

silicone encapsulants may be either

room temperature (25 °C/77 °F) or

heat cured. Room temperature cure

encapsulants may also be heat

accelerated for faster cure. Ideal

cure conditions for each product are

given in the product selection table.

At the high-temperature end, the durability of the cured silicone elastomer is time and temperature dependent. As expected, the higher the temperature, the shorter the time the material will remain useable.

Dow Corning®

silicone

elastomers require no post cure

and can be placed in service

immediately following the

completion of the cure

schedule. Standard silicone

encapsulants require a surface

treatment with a primer in

addition to good cleaning for

adhesion while primerless

silicone encapsulants require

only good cleaning.

APPLICATION METHODS

-Automated metered mixing and dispensing

-Manual mixing

MIXING AND DE-AIRING

The 10 to 1 mix ratio these products are supplied in gives

one latitude to tune the modulus and hardness for specific

application needs and production

lines. In most cases de-airing is not required.

PREPARING SURFACES

In applications requiring

adhesion, priming will be required for many of the silicone

encapsulants. For best results, the primer should be applied in a

very thin, uniform coating and then wiped off after application.

After application, it should be

thoroughly cured prior to application of the silicone

elastomer. Additional instructions for primer usage can

be found in the information

sheets specific to the individual

primers.

PROCESSING/CURING

Thoroughly mixed Dow Corning silicone encapsulant may be

poured/dispensed directly into the

POT LIFE AND CURE

RATE Cure reaction begins with the mixing process. Initially, cure is evidenced by a gradual increase in viscosity, followed by gelation and conversion to a solid elastomer. Pot life is defined as the time required for viscosity to double after base and curing agent are mixed and is highly temperature and application dependent. Please refer to the data table.

USEFUL TEMPERATURE

RANGES

For most uses, silicone elastomers should be

operational over a temperature

range of -45 to 200 °C (-49 to

392 °F) for long periods of time.

However, at both the low and

high temperature ends of the

spectrum, behavior of the

materials and performance in

particular applications can

become more complex and

require additional considerations

and should be adequately tested

for the particular end use

environment. For low-

temperature performance,

thermal cycling to conditions

such as -55 °C (-67 °F) may be

possible, but performance

should be verified for your parts

or assemblies.

Factors that may influence

performance are configuration

and stress sensitivity of

components, cooling rates and

hold times, and prior

temperature history.

COMPATIBILITY

Certain materials, chemicals, curing agents and plasticizers

can inhibit the cure of addition

cure gels. Most notable of these

include: Organotin and other

organometallic compounds,

silicone rubber containing

organotin catalyst, sulfur,

polysulfides, polysulfones or

other sulfur containing

materials, unsaturated

hydrocarbon plasticizers, and

some solder flux residues. If a

substrate or material is

questionable with respect to

potentially causing inhibition of

cure, it is recommended that a

small scale compatibility test be

run to ascertain suitability in a

given application. The presence

of liquid or uncured product at

the interface between the

questionable substrate and the

cured gel indicates

incompatibility and inhibition of

cure.

REPAIRABILITY

In the manufacture of

electrical/electronic devices it is

often desirable to salvage or reclaim damaged or defective

units. With most non-silicone rigid potting/encapsulating

materials, removal or entry is

difficult or impossible without causing excessive damage to

internal circuitry. Dow Corning silicone encapsulants can be

selectively removed with relative ease, depending on the chosen

remove method and technique

and repairs or changes accomplished, and the repaired

area repotted in place with additional product.

Page 224: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

193

To remove silicone elastomers, simply cut with a sharp blade or knife and tear and remove unwanted material from the area to be repaired. Sections of the adhered elastomer are best removed from substrates and circuitry by mechanical action such as scraping or rubbing and can be assisted by applying Dow Corning® brand OS Fluids to swell the elastomer. Before applying additional encapsulant to a repaired device, roughen the exposed surfaces of the cured encapsulant with an abrasive paper and rinse with a suitable solvent and dry. This will enhance adhesion and permit the repaired material to become an integral matrix with the existing encapsulant. Silicone prime coats are not recommended for adhering products to themselves. PACKAGING

INFORMATION

Multiple packaging sizes are

available for this product. Please

contact your local distributor or

Dow Corning representative for

information on packaging size

and availability.

USABLE LIFE AND

STORAGE Shelf life is indicated by the

“Use Before” date found on the product label. Refer to the

product label for storage

temperature requirements. Special precautions must be

taken to prevent moisture from contacting these materials.

Containers should be kept tightly closed and head or air

space minimized. Partially filled

containers should be purged with dry air or other gases, such

as nitrogen.

HANDLING

PRECAUTIONS PRODUCT SAFETY

INFORMATION

REQUIRED FOR SAFE

USE IS NOT INCLUDED IN

THIS DOCUMENT.

BEFORE HANDLING,

READ PRODUCT AND

HEALTH HAZARD

INFORMATION. THE

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA

SHEET IS AVAILABLE ON THE

DOW CORNING WEB SITE AT

DOW CORNING.COM, OR

FROM YOUR DOW CORNING

SALES APPLICATION

ENGINEER, OR DISTRIBUTOR,

OR BY CALLING

DOW CORNING CUSTOMER

SERVICE.

LIMITATIONS

This product is neither tested nor

represented as suitable for medical or

pharmaceutical uses.

HEALTH AND

ENVIRONMENTAL

INFORMATION To support Customers in their

product safety needs, Dow Corning has an extensive Product Stewardship

organization and a team of Product

Safety and Regulatory Compliance (PS&RC) specialists available in each

area.

For further information, please see our Web site, dowcorning.com or consult your local Dow Corning representative.

LIMITED WARRANTY

INFORMATION – PLEASE

READ CAREFULLY The information contained herein is

offered in good faith and is believed to be accurate. However, because

conditions and methods of use of our

products are beyond our control, this information should not be used in

substitution for customer’s tests to ensure that our products are safe,

effective, and fully satisfactory for

the intended end use. Suggestions of use shall not be taken as inducements

to infringe any patent.

Dow Corning’s sole warranty is that our products will meet the sales specifications in effect at the time of shipment.

Your exclusive remedy for breach of such warranty is limited to refund of purchase price or replacement of any product shown to be other than as warranted.

DOW CORNING

SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

WARRANTY OF FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR

PURPOSE OR

MERCHANTABILITY.

DOW CORNING

DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ANY

INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES

FOR MORE

INFORMATION To learn more about these and

other products available from

Dow Corning, please visit the Dow Corning Electronics Web

site at

dowcorning.com/electronics.

We help you invent the future.™

dowcorning.com

Dow Corning is a registered trademark

of Dow Corning Corporation.

We help you invent the future is a

trademark of Dow Corning Corporation.

XIAMETER is a registered trademark

of Dow Corning Corporation.

© 2013 Dow Corning Corporation.

All rights reserved

Page 225: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

194

A.5 List of Publications

International Journal Articles

1. A.T. Sepúlveda, R. Guzmán de Villoria, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes, B.L. Wardle and

L.A. Rocha, “Full Elastic Constitutive Relation for Non-isotropic Aligned-

CNTs/PDMS Flexible Nanocomposites”, Nanoscale, vol. 5, no. 11, pp. 4847-4854,

Jun. 2013.

2. C.C. Oliveira, A.T. Sepúlveda, N. Almeida, B.L. Wardle, J.M. da Silva, and L.A.

Rocha, “Implantable Flexible Pressure Measurement System Based on Inductive

Coupling,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 2013, Submitted.

3. A.T. Sepúlveda, R. Guzmán de Villoria, B.L. Wardle, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes, and

L.A. Rocha, “Flexible Pressure Sensors: Modeling and Experimental

Characterization” Procedia Engineering, vol. 47, pp. 1177 – 1180, Jan. 2012.

4. A.T. Sepúlveda, F. Fachin, R. Guzmán de Villoria, B.L. Wardle, J.C. Viana, A.J.

Pontes and L.A. Rocha, “Nanocomposite Flexible Pressure sensor for Biomedical

Applications” Procedia Engineering, vol. 25, pp. 140–143, Jan. 2011.

Book Chapters

1. Isa C.T. Santos, A.T. Sepulveda, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes, B.L. Wardle, S. M.

Sampaio, R. Roncon-Albuquerque, João M.R.S. Tavares and L.A. Rocha,

“Improving post-EVAR surveillance with a smart stent-graft”, in Technologies for

medical sciences, Book Series: Lecture Notes in Computational Vision and

Biomechanics, Chapter 14, vol. 1, Natal Jorge, R.M.; Tavares, J.M.R.S.; Pinotti

Barbosa, M.; Slade, A.P. (Eds.), 2012, pp. 267 -289, ISBN 978-94-007-4067-9.

Conferences

1. A.T. Sepúlveda, A.J. Pontes, J.C. Viana, R. Guzman de Villoria, F. Fachin, B.L.

Wardle and L.A. Rocha, “Flexible sensor for blood pressure measurement” in 32nd

Annual International IEEE EMBS Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine

and Biology Society, Boston, USA, August 30 – September 3, pp. 512-515, 2011.

2. A.T. Sepúlveda, A.J. Pontes, J.C. Viana and L.A. Rocha, “Aligned Carbon Nanotubes

composites for flexible Pressure Sensors” in Materiais 2011 - 6th International

Materials Symposium; XV Encontro da Sociedade Portuguesa de Materiais. Trans

Tech Publications Ltd (TTP), Guimarães, Portugal, 18-20 April, 2011.

3. A.T. Sepúlveda, Isa C.T. Santos, F. Fachin, R. Guzmán de Villoria, B.L. Wardle, A.J.

Pontes, J.C. Viana and L.A. Rocha “Design of a pressure sensor for monitoring of

post-endovascular aneurysm repair, in BIOSTEC 2011 - International Joint

Conference on Biomedical Engineering Systems and Technologies, Rome, Italy,

26-29 January 2011, pp. 14-22, 2011.

Page 226: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda

Appendix

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

195

4. L.A. Rocha, A.T. Sepúlveda, A.J. Pontes, J.C. Viana, Isa C. T. Santos and João

Manuel R. S. Tavares “Study of Pressure Sensors Placement using an Abdominal

Aortic Aneurysm (AAA) Model”, in Proc. TMSi 2010 - 6th International

Conference on Technology and Medical Sciences, Porto, Portugal, October 21-23,

pp. 261-265, 2010.

5. Isa C. T. Santos, João Manuel R. S. Tavares, A.T. Sepúlveda, L.A. Rocha, A.J. Pontes

and J.C. Viana “Development of a Flexible Pressure Sensor for Measurement of

Endotension”, in Proc. TMSi 2010 - 6th International Conference on Technology

and Medical Sciences, Porto, Portugal, October 21-23, pp. 89-94, 2010.

6. Isa C.T. Santos, A.T. Sepúlveda, L.A. Rocha and João Manuel R. S. Tavares, “A new

endoprosthesis with sensing capability”, in Proc. 1st International Conference on

Applied Bionics and Biomechanics, Venice, Italy, 14-16 October, 2010.

7. A.T. Sepúlveda, A. Moreira, F. Fachin, B.L. Wardle, J.M. Silva, A.J. Pontes, J.C.

Viana and L.A. Rocha “Inductive-Coupling System for Abdominal Aortic

Aneurysms Monitoring Based on Pressure Sensing”, in MME 2010 - 21st

Micromechanics and Microsystems Europe Workshop, Enschede, The Netherlands,

September 26-29, pp. 92-95, 2010.

Short Abstracts or Posters

1. A.T. Sepúlveda, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes and L.A. Rocha, “Technologies for Flexible

Pressure Sensors in the Design of a Smart Stent-Graf,” 3rd Annual MIT-Portugal

Conference, 28-29 May, University of Minho, Guimarães, Portugal, 2012.

2. A.T. Sepúlveda, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes and L.A. Rocha, “Mechanical

Characterization of vertically Aligned-CNTs/PDMS nanocomposites for flexible

sensors,” I3N-IV Annual Meeting 2012, 9-10 March, Quiaios, Portugal, 2012.

3. A.T. Sepúlveda, L.A. Rocha, J.C. Viana and A.J. Pontes, “Implantable Flexible

Sensor Based on Aligned-Carbon Nanotubes for Blood Pressure Monitoring,”

Semana da Escola de Engenharia, 20-26 October, University of Minho,

Guimarães, Portugal, 2011.

4. A.T. Sepúlveda, J.C. Viana, L.A. Rocha and A.J. Pontes, “Technologies for Flexible

Sensors in the Design of a Smart Stent-Graft,” I3N-III Annual Meeting 2011, 11-12

February, Fátima, Portugal, 2011.

5. A.T. Sepúlveda, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes and L.A. Rocha, “Technologies for Flexible

Pressure Sensors in the Design of a Smart Stent-Graft,” 2nd Annual MIT-Portugal

Conference, 28 September, Faculty of Engineering of the University of Porto,

Porto, Portugal, 2010.

6. A.T. Sepúlveda, A.J. Pontes, J.C. Viana, “Technologies for flexible sensors in the

design of a smart stent graft,” Ciência 2010, Centro de Congressos de Lisboa -

Junqueira, Lisbon, Portugal, 4-7 July, 2010.

7. A.T. Sepúlveda, J.C. Viana, A.J. Pontes and L.A. Rocha,” Technologies for Flexible

Pressure Sensors in the Design of a Smart Stent-Graft,” 1st Annual MIT-Portugal

Conference, 7 July, Centro Cultural de Belém, Lisbon, Portugal, 2009.

Page 227: Alexandra da Conceição Teixeira Sepúlveda